Macintosh-Tools
/
Retro68
mirror of https://github.com/autc04/Retro68.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity

fixes for gcc 12.2 update

This commit is contained in:
Wolfgang Thaller 2022-10-27 22:43:51 +02:00
parent 3bd66e8819
commit d0bc757570
139 changed files with 6931 additions and 41120 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

6
binutils/bfd/coff-rs6000.c
View File

@ -498,12 +498,12 @@ _bfd_xcoff_swap_aux_in (bfd *abfd, void * ext1, int type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
if (numaux > 1)
{
if (indx == 0)
memcpy (in->x_file.x_fname, ext->x_file.x_n.x_fname,
memcpy (in->x_file.x_n.x_fname, ext->x_file.x_n.x_fname,
numaux * sizeof (AUXENT));
}
else
{
memcpy (in->x_file.x_fname, ext->x_file.x_n.x_fname, FILNMLEN);
memcpy (in->x_file.x_n.x_fname, ext->x_file.x_n.x_fname, FILNMLEN);
}
}
in->x_file.x_ftype = H_GET_8 (abfd, ext->x_file.x_ftype);
@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ _bfd_xcoff_archive_p (bfd *abfd)
goto error_ret;
}
GET_VALUE_IN_FIELD (bfd_ardata (abfd)->first_file_filepos, 10,
GET_VALUE_IN_FIELD (bfd_ardata (abfd)->first_file_filepos,
hdr.firstmemoff, 10);
amt = SIZEOF_AR_FILE_HDR;

8
binutils/bfd/coffcode.h
View File

@ -2489,17 +2489,17 @@ coff_print_aux (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
#ifdef RS6000COFF_C
if (symbol->u.syment.n_sclass == C_FILE)
{
if (aux->u.auxent.x_file.x_n.x_zeroes)
if (aux->u.auxent.x_file.x_n.x_n.x_zeroes)
{
fprintf (file, "File \"%s\"", aux->u.auxent.x_file.x_fname);
fprintf (file, "File \"%s\"", aux->u.auxent.x_file.x_n.x_fname);
}
else
{
const char * string_table = obj_coff_strings(abfd);
fprintf (file, "File \"%s\"", string_table + aux->u.auxent.x_file.x_n.x_offset);
fprintf (file, "File \"%s\"", string_table + aux->u.auxent.x_file.x_n.x_n.x_offset);
}
return TRUE;
return true;
}
if (CSECT_SYM_P (symbol->u.syment.n_sclass)

2
binutils/bfd/elflink.c
View File

@ -13801,7 +13801,7 @@ _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info *info,
if(*p == 0 && strcmp(q, ".macsbug") == 0)
if(!next_sec->gc_mark)
if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info, next_sec, gc_mark_hook))
return FALSE;
return false;
}
}

516
binutils/intl/COPYING.LIB
View File

@ -1,516 +0,0 @@
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
the version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations
below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
introduced by others.
^L
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
the library.
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it
becomes
a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
that program using a modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
be combined with the library in order to run.
^L
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
Each licensee is addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control
compilation
and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
and what the program that uses the Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
in the event an application does not supply such function or
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
these notices.
^L
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
^L
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
of these things:
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
to use the modified definitions.)
b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
least three years, to give the same user the materials
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
than the cost of performing this distribution.
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
specified materials from the same place.
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
distribute.
^L
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Library or works based on it.
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
this License.
^L
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those
countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
the Free Software Foundation.
^L
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
^L
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms
of the ordinary General Public License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.
It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most
effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should
have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full
notice is found.
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it
does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper
mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or
your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James
Random Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!

21
binutils/intl/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
GNU toolchain edition of GNU libintl 0.12.1
Most of the content of this directory is taken from gettext 0.12.1
and is owned by that project. Patches should be directed to the
gettext developers first. However, note the following:
* libintl.h comes from gettext, but is named libgnuintl.h.in in that
project's source tree.
* The files COPYING.LIB-2.0 and COPYING.LIB-2.1 are redundant with the
top-level COPYING.LIB and have therefore been removed.
* The files config.charset, ref-add.sin, ref-del.sin, os2compat.c,
and os2compat.h are not used in this setup and have therefore been
removed.
* aclocal.m4 was constructed using automake's "aclocal -I ../config".
* configure.ac, config.intl.in, and Makefile.in were written for this
directory layout, by Zack Weinberg <zack@codesourcery.com>. Please
direct patches for these files to gcc-patches@gcc.gnu.org.

4
binutils/intl/README.woe32
View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
Installation on Woe32 (WinNT/2000/XP/Vista, Win95/98/ME):
Building requires the mingw development environment (includes gcc).
MS Visual C/C++ with "nmake" is no longer supported.

1
binutils/intl/VERSION Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
GNU gettext library from gettext-0.12.1

127
binutils/intl/bindtextdom.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -22,21 +24,29 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
#else
# include "lock.h"
/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
#endif
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
#endif
/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
@ -46,8 +56,19 @@
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
#ifdef _LIBC
extern const char _nl_default_dirname_internal[] attribute_hidden;
#else
# define INTUSE(name) name
#endif
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
@ -65,6 +86,11 @@ gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
#endif
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
const char **dirnamep,
const char **codesetp));
/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
@ -72,8 +98,10 @@ gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
modified nor returned. */
static void
set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp)
set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
const char *domainname;
const char **dirnamep;
const char **codesetp;
{
struct binding *binding;
int modified;
@ -88,7 +116,7 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
return;
}
gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
__libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
modified = 0;
@ -123,8 +151,8 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
char *result = binding->dirname;
if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
{
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
result = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
else
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
@ -139,7 +167,7 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
{
if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
if (binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
free (binding->dirname);
binding->dirname = result;
@ -176,9 +204,11 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
{
free (binding->codeset);
if (binding->codeset != NULL)
free (binding->codeset);
binding->codeset = result;
binding->codeset_cntr++;
modified = 1;
}
}
@ -191,7 +221,7 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
{
/* Simply return the default values. */
if (dirnamep)
*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
*dirnamep = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
if (codesetp)
*codesetp = NULL;
}
@ -213,11 +243,11 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
if (dirname == NULL)
/* The default value. */
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
else
{
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
else
{
char *result;
@ -240,7 +270,9 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
}
else
/* The default value. */
new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
new_binding->dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
if (codesetp)
{
@ -262,6 +294,7 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
#endif
codeset = result;
new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
}
*codesetp = codeset;
new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
@ -293,7 +326,7 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
if (0)
{
failed_codeset:
if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
if (new_binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
free (new_binding->dirname);
failed_dirname:
free (new_binding);
@ -309,48 +342,26 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
if (modified)
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
__libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
}
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
char *
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
const char *domainname;
const char *dirname;
{
#ifdef __EMX__
const char *saved_dirname = dirname;
char dirname_with_drive[_MAX_PATH];
/* Resolve UNIXROOT into dirname if it is not resolved by os2compat.[ch]. */
if (dirname && (dirname[0] == '/' || dirname[0] == '\\' ))
{
const char *unixroot = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
if (unixroot
&& unixroot[0] != '\0'
&& unixroot[1] == ':'
&& unixroot[2] == '\0'
&& 2 + len <= _MAX_PATH)
{
memcpy (dirname_with_drive, unixroot, 2);
memcpy (dirname_with_drive + 2, dirname, len);
dirname = dirname_with_drive;
}
}
#endif
set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
#ifdef __EMX__
dirname = saved_dirname;
#endif
return (char *) dirname;
}
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
char *
BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
const char *domainname;
const char *codeset;
{
set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
return (char *) codeset;

682
binutils/intl/config.charset
View File

@ -1,682 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2006-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# The table consists of lines of the form
# ALIAS CANONICAL
#
# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
#
# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
# MIME charset name is preferred.
# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
#
# name MIME? used by which systems
# (darwin = Mac OS X, woe32 = native Windows)
#
# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-1 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-2 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-3 Y glibc solaris cygwin
# ISO-8859-4 Y osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-5 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-6 Y glibc aix hpux solaris cygwin
# ISO-8859-7 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris cygwin
# ISO-8859-9 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-13 glibc netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-14 glibc cygwin
# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# KOI8-R Y glibc solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin
# KOI8-U Y glibc freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# KOI8-T glibc
# CP437 dos
# CP775 dos
# CP850 aix osf dos
# CP852 dos
# CP855 dos
# CP856 aix
# CP857 dos
# CP861 dos
# CP862 dos
# CP864 dos
# CP865 dos
# CP866 freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin dos
# CP869 dos
# CP874 woe32 dos
# CP922 aix
# CP932 aix cygwin woe32 dos
# CP943 aix
# CP949 osf darwin woe32 dos
# CP950 woe32 dos
# CP1046 aix
# CP1124 aix
# CP1125 dos
# CP1129 aix
# CP1131 darwin
# CP1250 woe32
# CP1251 glibc solaris netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin woe32
# CP1252 aix woe32
# CP1253 woe32
# CP1254 woe32
# CP1255 glibc woe32
# CP1256 woe32
# CP1257 woe32
# GB2312 Y glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# EUC-JP Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# EUC-KR Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd
# BIG5 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris darwin
# GBK glibc aix osf solaris darwin cygwin woe32 dos
# GB18030 glibc solaris netbsd darwin
# SHIFT_JIS Y hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32
# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris cygwin
# VISCII Y glibc
# TCVN5712-1 glibc
# ARMSCII-8 glibc darwin
# GEORGIAN-PS glibc cygwin
# PT154 glibc
# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
# HP-GREEK8 hpux
# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
# HP-KANA8 hpux
# DEC-KANJI osf
# DEC-HANYU osf
# UTF-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris netbsd darwin cygwin
#
# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
#
# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
host="$1"
os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
# List of references, updated during installation:
echo "# Packages using this file: "
case "$os" in
linux-gnulibc1*)
# Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "POSIX ASCII"
for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \
en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \
en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \
es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \
et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \
fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \
it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \
sv_FI sv_SE; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l.cp-437 CP437"
echo "$l.cp-850 CP850"
echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252"
echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252"
#echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
done
for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \
sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-2"
echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "$l.cp-852 CP852"
echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "$l.cp-866 CP866"
echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in ar ar_SA; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-6"
echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "$l.cp-864 CP864"
#echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding
echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-7"
echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "$l.cp-869 CP869"
echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253"
echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
done
for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-8"
echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "$l.cp-862 CP862"
echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in tr tr_TR; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-9"
echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "$l.cp-857 CP857"
echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do
#echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
echo "$l ISO-8859-13"
done
for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do
echo "$l KOI8-U"
done
for l in zh zh_CN; do
#echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
echo "$l GB2312"
done
for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do
echo "$l EUC-JP"
done
for l in ko ko_KR; do
echo "$l EUC-KR"
done
for l in th th_TH; do
echo "$l TIS-620"
done
for l in fa fa_IR; do
#echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
;;
linux* | *-gnu*)
# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
# need to install the alias file at all.
# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
;;
aix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "IBM-850 CP850"
echo "IBM-856 CP856"
echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
echo "IBM-922 CP922"
echo "IBM-932 CP932"
echo "IBM-943 CP943"
echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
hpux*)
echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
echo "tis620 TIS-620"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "hp15CN GB2312"
#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "utf8 UTF-8"
;;
irix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
;;
osf*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "cp850 CP850"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
echo "dechanzi GB2312"
echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "KSC5601 CP949"
echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
solaris*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "ansi-1251 CP1251"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
echo "gb2312 GB2312"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "GB18030 GB18030"
echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
echo "5601 EUC-KR"
echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
freebsd*)
# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
netbsd*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
;;
openbsd*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
;;
darwin[56]*)
# Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do
echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \
nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in la_LN; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
for l in bg_BG; do
echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
darwin*)
# Darwin 7.5 has nl_langinfo(CODESET), but sometimes its value is
# useless:
# - It returns the empty string when LANG is set to a locale of the
# form ll_CC, although ll_CC/LC_CTYPE is a symlink to an UTF-8
# LC_CTYPE file.
# - The environment variables LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_ALL are not set by
# the system; nl_langinfo(CODESET) returns "US-ASCII" in this case.
# - The documentation says:
# "... all code that calls BSD system routines should ensure
# that the const *char parameters of these routines are in UTF-8
# encoding. All BSD system functions expect their string
# parameters to be in UTF-8 encoding and nothing else."
# It also says
# "An additional caveat is that string parameters for files,
# paths, and other file-system entities must be in canonical
# UTF-8. In a canonical UTF-8 Unicode string, all decomposable
# characters are decomposed ..."
# but this is not true: You can pass non-decomposed UTF-8 strings
# to file system functions, and it is the OS which will convert
# them to decomposed UTF-8 before accessing the file system.
# - The Apple Terminal application displays UTF-8 by default.
# - However, other applications are free to use different encodings:
# - xterm uses ISO-8859-1 by default.
# - TextEdit uses MacRoman by default.
# We prefer UTF-8 over decomposed UTF-8-MAC because one should
# minimize the use of decomposed Unicode. Unfortunately, through the
# Darwin file system, decomposed UTF-8 strings are leaked into user
# space nevertheless.
# Then there are also the locales with encodings other than US-ASCII
# and UTF-8. These locales can be occasionally useful to users (e.g.
# when grepping through ISO-8859-1 encoded text files), when all their
# file names are in US-ASCII.
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "CP866 CP866"
echo "CP949 CP949"
echo "CP1131 CP1131"
echo "CP1251 CP1251"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "GB2312 GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "Big5 BIG5"
echo "Big5HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "GB18030 GB18030"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ARMSCII-8 ARMSCII-8"
echo "PT154 PT154"
#echo "ISCII-DEV ?"
echo "* UTF-8"
;;
beos* | haiku*)
# BeOS and Haiku have a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
echo "* UTF-8"
;;
msdosdjgpp*)
# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "#"
echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <juan.guerrero@gmx.de>"
echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>."
echo "#"
echo "C ASCII"
# ISO-8859-1 languages
echo "ca CP850"
echo "ca_ES CP850"
echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "de CP850"
echo "de_AT CP850"
echo "de_CH CP850"
echo "de_DE CP850"
echo "en CP850"
echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "en_CA CP850"
echo "en_GB CP850"
echo "en_NZ CP437"
echo "en_US CP437"
echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "es CP850"
echo "es_AR CP850"
echo "es_BO CP850"
echo "es_CL CP850"
echo "es_CO CP850"
echo "es_CR CP850"
echo "es_CU CP850"
echo "es_DO CP850"
echo "es_EC CP850"
echo "es_ES CP850"
echo "es_GT CP850"
echo "es_HN CP850"
echo "es_MX CP850"
echo "es_NI CP850"
echo "es_PA CP850"
echo "es_PY CP850"
echo "es_PE CP850"
echo "es_SV CP850"
echo "es_UY CP850"
echo "es_VE CP850"
echo "et CP850"
echo "et_EE CP850"
echo "eu CP850"
echo "eu_ES CP850"
echo "fi CP850"
echo "fi_FI CP850"
echo "fr CP850"
echo "fr_BE CP850"
echo "fr_CA CP850"
echo "fr_CH CP850"
echo "fr_FR CP850"
echo "ga CP850"
echo "ga_IE CP850"
echo "gd CP850"
echo "gd_GB CP850"
echo "gl CP850"
echo "gl_ES CP850"
echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "it CP850"
echo "it_CH CP850"
echo "it_IT CP850"
echo "lt CP775"
echo "lt_LT CP775"
echo "lv CP775"
echo "lv_LV CP775"
echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nl CP850"
echo "nl_BE CP850"
echo "nl_NL CP850"
echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "pt CP850"
echo "pt_BR CP850"
echo "pt_PT CP850"
echo "sv CP850"
echo "sv_SE CP850"
# ISO-8859-2 languages
echo "cs CP852"
echo "cs_CZ CP852"
echo "hr CP852"
echo "hr_HR CP852"
echo "hu CP852"
echo "hu_HU CP852"
echo "pl CP852"
echo "pl_PL CP852"
echo "ro CP852"
echo "ro_RO CP852"
echo "sk CP852"
echo "sk_SK CP852"
echo "sl CP852"
echo "sl_SI CP852"
echo "sq CP852"
echo "sq_AL CP852"
echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
# ISO-8859-3 languages
echo "mt CP850"
echo "mt_MT CP850"
# ISO-8859-5 languages
echo "be CP866"
echo "be_BE CP866"
echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "ru CP866"
echo "ru_RU CP866"
echo "uk CP1125"
echo "uk_UA CP1125"
# ISO-8859-6 languages
echo "ar CP864"
echo "ar_AE CP864"
echo "ar_DZ CP864"
echo "ar_EG CP864"
echo "ar_IQ CP864"
echo "ar_IR CP864"
echo "ar_JO CP864"
echo "ar_KW CP864"
echo "ar_MA CP864"
echo "ar_OM CP864"
echo "ar_QA CP864"
echo "ar_SA CP864"
echo "ar_SY CP864"
# ISO-8859-7 languages
echo "el CP869"
echo "el_GR CP869"
# ISO-8859-8 languages
echo "he CP862"
echo "he_IL CP862"
# ISO-8859-9 languages
echo "tr CP857"
echo "tr_TR CP857"
# Japanese
echo "ja CP932"
echo "ja_JP CP932"
# Chinese
echo "zh_CN GBK"
echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
# Korean
echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
# Thai
echo "th CP874"
echo "th_TH CP874"
# Other
echo "eo CP850"
echo "eo_EO CP850"
;;
esac

280
binutils/intl/config.h.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
*/
#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
#undef C_ALLOCA
/* Define because we depend on libiconv. */
#undef DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV
/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
language is requested. */
#undef ENABLE_NLS
/* Define to enable relocation. */
#undef ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
*/
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.
*/
#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `feof_unlocked' function. */
#undef HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the `fgets_unlocked' function. */
#undef HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getcwd' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETCWD
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getc_unlocked' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getegid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETEGID
/* Define to 1 if you have the `geteuid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETEUID
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETGID
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getuid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETUID
/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
#undef HAVE_ICONV
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and
declares uintmax_t. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
/* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
#undef HAVE_MMAP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `munmap' function. */
#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
/* Define to 1 if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */
#undef HAVE_PUTENV
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETENV
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
/* Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares
uintmax_t. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRDUP
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoul' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRTOUL
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `tsearch' function. */
#undef HAVE_TSEARCH
/* Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>. */
#undef HAVE_UINTMAX_T
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
/* Define if you have the unsigned long long type. */
#undef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_count' function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_next' function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_stringify' function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__fsetlocking' function. */
#undef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
#undef ICONV_CONST
/* Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. */
#undef INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
/* Define because this is libintl. */
#undef IN_LIBINTL
/* Define because this is a library. */
#undef IN_LIBRARY
/* Define if there is no xmalloc. */
#undef NO_XMALLOC
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_NAME
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_STRING
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
/* Define to the home page for this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_URL
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros. */
#undef PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
automatically deduced at runtime.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
#undef STACK_DIRECTION
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix. */
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
# undef _ALL_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# undef _GNU_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris. */
#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
# undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
#endif
/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop. */
#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
# undef _TANDEM_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable general extensions on Solaris. */
#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
# undef __EXTENSIONS__
#endif
/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
#undef _MINIX
/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
this defined. */
#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
#undef const
/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */
#ifndef __cplusplus
#undef inline
#endif
/* Define to `long int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef off_t
/* Define this entry point correctly. */
#undef relocate
/* Define this entry point correctly. */
#undef set_relocation_prefix
/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef size_t
/* Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long if <stdint.h> and
<inttypes.h> don't define. */
#undef uintmax_t

12
binutils/intl/config.intl.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
# This file records the configuration of libintl in a form that
# can be read back in by a configure script in a sister directory.
# See config/gettext.m4 for its use.
USE_NLS='@USE_NLS@'
LIBINTL='@LIBINTL@'
LIBINTL_DEP='@LIBINTL_DEP@'
INCINTL='@INCINTL@'
XGETTEXT='@XGETTEXT@'
GMSGFMT='@GMSGFMT@'
POSUB='@POSUB@'

27
binutils/intl/dcgettext.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -42,13 +44,16 @@
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
char *
DCGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
int category;
{
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
INTDEF(__dcgettext)
weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
libc_hidden_def (__dcgettext)
#endif

1227
binutils/intl/dcigettext.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

29
binutils/intl/dcngettext.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -42,9 +44,12 @@
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
char *
DCNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
int category)
DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
int category;
{
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
}

26
binutils/intl/dgettext.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -36,7 +38,7 @@
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
#else
# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
@ -45,7 +47,9 @@
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
char *
DGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
{
return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}

27
binutils/intl/dngettext.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -45,8 +47,11 @@
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
char *
DNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
}

28
binutils/intl/eval-plural.h
View File

@ -1,28 +1,36 @@
/* Plural expression evaluation.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2007, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef STATIC
#define STATIC static
#endif
/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
STATIC unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
unsigned long int n))
internal_function;
STATIC
unsigned long int
internal_function
plural_eval (const struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n)
plural_eval (pexp, n)
struct expression *pexp;
unsigned long int n;
{
switch (pexp->nargs)
{

143
binutils/intl/explodename.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -35,15 +37,12 @@
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */
static char *_nl_find_language (const char *name);
static char *
_nl_find_language (const char *name)
char *
_nl_find_language (name)
const char *name;
{
while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '.')
while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
&& name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
++name;
return (char *) name;
@ -51,11 +50,19 @@ _nl_find_language (const char *name)
int
_nl_explode_name (char *name,
const char **language, const char **modifier,
const char **territory, const char **codeset,
const char **normalized_codeset)
_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
char *name;
const char **language;
const char **modifier;
const char **territory;
const char **codeset;
const char **normalized_codeset;
const char **special;
const char **sponsor;
const char **revision;
{
enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
char *cp;
int mask;
@ -63,10 +70,15 @@ _nl_explode_name (char *name,
*territory = NULL;
*codeset = NULL;
*normalized_codeset = NULL;
*special = NULL;
*sponsor = NULL;
*revision = NULL;
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
mask = 0;
syntax = undecided;
*language = cp = name;
cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
@ -74,23 +86,22 @@ _nl_explode_name (char *name,
/* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
else
else if (cp[0] == '_')
{
if (cp[0] == '_')
{
/* Next is the territory. */
cp[0] = '\0';
*territory = ++cp;
/* Next is the territory. */
cp[0] = '\0';
*territory = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@')
++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
&& cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= XPG_TERRITORY;
}
mask |= TERRITORY;
if (cp[0] == '.')
{
/* Next is the codeset. */
syntax = xpg;
cp[0] = '\0';
*codeset = ++cp;
@ -103,9 +114,7 @@ _nl_explode_name (char *name,
{
*normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
cp - *codeset);
if (*normalized_codeset == NULL)
return -1;
else if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
else
mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
@ -113,21 +122,71 @@ _nl_explode_name (char *name,
}
}
if (cp[0] == '@')
if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
{
/* Next is the modifier. */
syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
cp[0] = '\0';
*modifier = ++cp;
if (cp[0] != '\0')
mask |= XPG_MODIFIER;
while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
&& cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
}
if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_TERRITORY;
if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
{
syntax = cen;
if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
if (cp[0] == '+')
{
/* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*special = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
}
if (cp[0] == ',')
{
/* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*sponsor = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
}
if (cp[0] == '_')
{
/* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*revision = ++cp;
mask |= CEN_REVISION;
}
}
/* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */
if (syntax == xpg)
{
if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~TERRITORY;
if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
}
return mask;
}

6
binutils/intl/export.h
View File

@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
#if @HAVE_VISIBILITY@ && BUILDING_LIBINTL
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
#else
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
#endif

105
binutils/intl/finddomain.c
View File

@ -1,19 +1,21 @@
/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -35,17 +37,6 @@
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized __libc_rwlock_define_initialized
# define gl_rwlock_rdlock __libc_rwlock_rdlock
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
#else
# include "lock.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* List of already loaded domains. */
static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
@ -56,8 +47,11 @@ static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
established bindings. */
struct loaded_l10nfile *
internal_function
_nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
const char *domainname, struct binding *domainbinding)
_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
const char *dirname;
char *locale;
const char *domainname;
struct binding *domainbinding;
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
const char *language;
@ -65,41 +59,44 @@ _nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
const char *territory;
const char *codeset;
const char *normalized_codeset;
const char *special;
const char *sponsor;
const char *revision;
const char *alias_value;
int mask;
/* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]
language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
and six parts for the CEN syntax:
language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
the following order:
(1) codeset
(2) normalized codeset
(3) territory
(4) modifier
(1) revision
(2) sponsor
(3) special
(4) codeset
(5) normalized codeset
(6) territory
(7) audience/modifier
*/
/* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */
gl_rwlock_define_initialized (static, lock);
gl_rwlock_rdlock (lock);
/* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
gl_rwlock_unlock (lock);
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
if (retval != NULL)
{
/* We know something about this locale. */
int cnt;
if (retval->decided <= 0)
if (retval->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
if (retval->data != NULL)
@ -107,14 +104,13 @@ _nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
}
return retval;
return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
/* NOTREACHED */
}
@ -139,37 +135,30 @@ _nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
}
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
&codeset, &normalized_codeset);
if (mask == -1)
/* This means we are out of core. */
return NULL;
/* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */
gl_rwlock_wrlock (lock);
&codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
&sponsor, &revision);
/* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
generalization. */
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier,
domainname, 1);
gl_rwlock_unlock (lock);
codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
if (retval == NULL)
/* This means we are out of core. */
goto out;
return NULL;
if (retval->decided <= 0)
if (retval->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
if (retval->data == NULL)
{
int cnt;
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
@ -180,7 +169,6 @@ _nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
if (alias_value != NULL)
free (locale);
out:
/* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
@ -190,10 +178,7 @@ out:
#ifdef _LIBC
/* This is called from iconv/gconv_db.c's free_mem, as locales must
be freed before freeing gconv steps arrays. */
void __libc_freeres_fn_section
_nl_finddomain_subfreeres (void)
libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;

25
binutils/intl/gettext.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -40,7 +42,7 @@
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define GETTEXT __gettext
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
#else
# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
@ -50,7 +52,8 @@
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
char *
GETTEXT (const char *msgid)
GETTEXT (msgid)
const char *msgid;
{
return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}

251
binutils/intl/gettextP.h
View File

@ -1,19 +1,21 @@
/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
#define _GETTEXTP_H
@ -28,67 +30,20 @@
# endif
#endif
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
#else
# include "lock.h"
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
struct loaded_domain;
extern char *__gettext (const char *__msgid);
extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category);
extern char *__ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n);
extern char *__dngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int n);
extern char *__dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category);
extern char *__dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category);
extern char *__textdomain (const char *__domainname);
extern char *__bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname);
extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset);
extern void _nl_finddomain_subfreeres (void) attribute_hidden;
extern void _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *__domain)
internal_function attribute_hidden;
#else
/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
call them under their real name. */
# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# include "libgnuintl.h"
# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
extern char *gl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category,
const char *__localename, const char *__encoding);
# else
extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category);
# endif
#endif
#include "loadinfo.h"
#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
@ -113,12 +68,8 @@ extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
#else
static inline nls_uint32
# ifdef __cplusplus
SWAP (nls_uint32 i)
# else
SWAP (i)
nls_uint32 i;
# endif
{
return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
}
@ -134,26 +85,6 @@ struct sysdep_string_desc
const char *pointer;
};
/* Cache of translated strings after charset conversion.
Note: The strings are converted to the target encoding only on an as-needed
basis. */
struct converted_domain
{
/* The target encoding name. */
const char *encoding;
/* The descriptor for conversion from the message catalog's encoding to
this target encoding. */
#ifdef _LIBC
__gconv_t conv;
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
iconv_t conv;
# endif
#endif
/* The table of translated strings after charset conversion. */
char **conv_tab;
};
/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
struct loaded_domain
{
@ -189,12 +120,17 @@ struct loaded_domain
/* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */
int must_swap_hash_tab;
/* Cache of charset conversions of the translated strings. */
struct converted_domain *conversions;
size_t nconversions;
gl_rwlock_define (, conversions_lock)
int codeset_cntr;
#ifdef _LIBC
__gconv_t conv;
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
iconv_t conv;
# endif
#endif
char **conv_tab;
const struct expression *plural;
struct expression *plural;
unsigned long int nplurals;
};
@ -212,6 +148,7 @@ struct binding
{
struct binding *next;
char *dirname;
int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */
char *codeset;
char domainname[ZERO];
};
@ -219,95 +156,69 @@ struct binding
/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
become invalid.
This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
#if defined __KLIBC__ && !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_msg_cat_cntr libintl_nl_msg_cat_cntr
#endif
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
# include <glocale/config.h>
extern LIBGLOCALE_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
#else
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
#endif
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
#ifndef _LIBC
extern const char *_nl_language_preferences_default (void);
# define gl_locale_name_canonicalize _nl_locale_name_canonicalize
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
# define gl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (LANGID langid); */
# define gl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID (LCID lcid); */
# define gl_locale_name_thread_unsafe _nl_locale_name_thread_unsafe
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_thread_unsafe (int category,
const char *categoryname);
# define gl_locale_name_thread _nl_locale_name_thread
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name_thread (int category,
const char *categoryname); */
# define gl_locale_name_posix _nl_locale_name_posix
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_posix (int category,
const char *categoryname);
# define gl_locale_name_environ _nl_locale_name_environ
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_environ (int category,
const char *categoryname);
# define gl_locale_name_default _nl_locale_name_default
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_default (void);
# define gl_locale_name _nl_locale_name
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name (int category,
const char *categoryname); */
const char *_nl_locale_name PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname));
#endif
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain (const char *__dirname, char *__locale,
const char *__domainname,
struct binding *__domainbinding)
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
char *__locale,
const char *__domainname,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding)
void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
internal_function;
const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
struct loaded_domain *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
internal_function;
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct binding *domainbinding, const char *encoding,
const char *msgid,
size_t *lengthp)
char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct binding *domainbinding,
const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
internal_function;
#else
char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid,
int convert, size_t *lengthp)
internal_function;
#endif
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
#endif
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
#ifdef _LIBC
libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname)
extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid));
extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid, int __category));
extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int n));
extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category));
extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset));
#else
/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
call them under their real name. */
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# include "libintl.h"
extern char *libintl_dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
#endif
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
#endif
/* Name of the default text domain. */
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
#endif /* gettextP.h */

40
binutils/intl/gmo.h
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
@ -27,7 +29,6 @@
/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
@ -75,7 +76,7 @@ struct mo_file_header
/* The revision number of the file format. */
nls_uint32 revision;
/* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1. */
/* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0. */
/* The number of strings pairs. */
nls_uint32 nstrings;
@ -122,15 +123,6 @@ struct sysdep_segment
nls_uint32 offset;
};
/* Pair of a static and a system dependent segment, in struct sysdep_string. */
struct segment_pair
{
/* Size of static segment. */
nls_uint32 segsize;
/* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */
nls_uint32 sysdepref;
};
/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */
struct sysdep_string
{
@ -138,7 +130,13 @@ struct sysdep_string
nls_uint32 offset;
/* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */
struct segment_pair segments[1];
struct segment_pair
{
/* Size of static segment. */
nls_uint32 segsize;
/* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */
nls_uint32 sysdepref;
} segments[1];
};
/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,

50
binutils/intl/hash-string.c
View File

@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
/* Implements a string hashing function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#include "hash-string.h"
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
unsigned long int
__hash_string (const char *str_param)
{
unsigned long int hval, g;
const char *str = str_param;
/* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
hval = 0;
while (*str != '\0')
{
hval <<= 4;
hval += (unsigned char) *str++;
g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
if (g != 0)
{
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
hval ^= g;
}
}
return hval;
}

61
binutils/intl/hash-string.h
View File

@ -1,34 +1,59 @@
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
#define HASHWORDBITS 32
#ifndef _LIBC
# ifdef IN_LIBINTL
# define __hash_string libintl_hash_string
# else
# define __hash_string hash_string
# endif
#endif
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
extern unsigned long int __hash_string (const char *str_param);
static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
static inline unsigned long int
hash_string (str_param)
const char *str_param;
{
unsigned long int hval, g;
const char *str = str_param;
/* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
hval = 0;
while (*str != '\0')
{
hval <<= 4;
hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
if (g != 0)
{
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
hval ^= g;
}
}
return hval;
}

69
binutils/intl/intl-compat.c
View File

@ -1,20 +1,21 @@
/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
Library.
Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003, 2005, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003 Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -48,9 +49,7 @@
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
# define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
#else
# define DLL_EXPORTED
@ -59,7 +58,8 @@
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
gettext (const char *msgid)
gettext (msgid)
const char *msgid;
{
return libintl_gettext (msgid);
}
@ -67,7 +67,9 @@ gettext (const char *msgid)
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
dgettext (domainname, msgid)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
{
return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid);
}
@ -75,7 +77,10 @@ dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
int category;
{
return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category);
}
@ -83,7 +88,10 @@ dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n);
}
@ -91,8 +99,11 @@ ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dngettext (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
}
@ -100,9 +111,12 @@ dngettext (const char *domainname,
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dcngettext (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
int category)
dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
int category;
{
return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
}
@ -110,7 +124,8 @@ dcngettext (const char *domainname,
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
textdomain (const char *domainname)
textdomain (domainname)
const char *domainname;
{
return libintl_textdomain (domainname);
}
@ -118,7 +133,9 @@ textdomain (const char *domainname)
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
const char *domainname;
const char *dirname;
{
return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname);
}
@ -126,7 +143,9 @@ bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
const char *domainname;
const char *codeset;
{
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset);
}

38
binutils/intl/intl-exports.c
View File

@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
/* List of exported symbols of libintl on Cygwin.
Copyright (C) 2006, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* IMP(x) is a symbol that contains the address of x. */
#if USER_LABEL_PREFIX_UNDERSCORE
# define IMP(x) _imp__##x
#else
# define IMP(x) __imp_##x
#endif
/* Ensure that the variable x is exported from the library, and that a
pseudo-variable IMP(x) is available. */
#define VARIABLE(x) \
/* Export x without redefining x. This code was found by compiling a \
snippet: \
extern __declspec(dllexport) int x; int x = 42; */ \
asm (".section .drectve\n"); \
asm (".ascii \" -export:" #x ",data\"\n"); \
asm (".data\n"); \
/* Allocate a pseudo-variable IMP(x). */ \
extern int x; \
void * IMP(x) = &x;
VARIABLE(libintl_version)

171
binutils/intl/l10nflist.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
@ -56,7 +58,7 @@
# endif
#else
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src);
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
# endif
#endif
@ -65,8 +67,8 @@ static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src);
IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
*/
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
@ -80,13 +82,14 @@ static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src);
/* Define function which are usually not available. */
#if defined HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT
# undef __argz_count
# define __argz_count argz_count
#else
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
static size_t
argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len)
argz_count__ (argz, len)
const char *argz;
size_t len;
{
size_t count = 0;
while (len > 0)
@ -100,16 +103,22 @@ argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len)
}
# undef __argz_count
# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT */
#if defined HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY
# undef __argz_stringify
# define __argz_stringify argz_stringify
#else
# ifdef _LIBC
# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
# endif
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
except the last into the character SEP. */
static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
static void
argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep)
argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
char *argz;
size_t len;
int sep;
{
while (len > 0)
{
@ -122,15 +131,22 @@ argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep)
}
# undef __argz_stringify
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
#ifdef _LIBC
#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT
# undef __argz_next
# define __argz_next argz_next
#else
# ifdef _LIBC
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
# endif
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
const char *entry));
static char *
argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry)
argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
char *argz;
size_t argz_len;
const char *entry;
{
if (entry)
{
@ -147,12 +163,15 @@ argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry)
}
# undef __argz_next
# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT */
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
/* Return number of bits set in X. */
#ifndef ARCH_POP
static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
static inline int
pop (int x)
pop (x)
int x;
{
/* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
@ -162,16 +181,26 @@ pop (int x)
return x;
}
#endif
struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len,
int mask, const char *language, const char *territory,
const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
const char *modifier,
const char *filename, int do_allocate)
_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
const char *dirlist;
size_t dirlist_len;
int mask;
const char *language;
const char *territory;
const char *codeset;
const char *normalized_codeset;
const char *modifier;
const char *special;
const char *sponsor;
const char *revision;
const char *filename;
int do_allocate;
{
char *abs_filename;
struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp;
@ -189,14 +218,23 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
/* Allocate room for the full file name. */
abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+ strlen (language)
+ ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0
+ ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
+ (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
|| (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+ (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
|| (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
? strlen (sponsor) : 0)
+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+ 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
if (abs_filename == NULL)
@ -214,7 +252,7 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
if ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0)
if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '_';
cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
@ -229,11 +267,29 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
*cp++ = '.';
cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
}
if ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0)
if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '@';
/* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */
*cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
}
if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '+';
cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
}
if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
{
*cp++ = ',';
if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '_';
cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
}
}
*cp++ = '/';
stpcpy (cp, filename);
@ -273,10 +329,7 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+ (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0))
* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
if (retval == NULL)
{
free (abs_filename);
return NULL;
}
return NULL;
retval->filename = abs_filename;
@ -307,7 +360,8 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
normalized_codeset. */
for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
&& !((cnt & XPG_CODESET) != 0 && (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0))
&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
{
if (dirlist_count > 1)
{
@ -319,14 +373,15 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
retval->successor[entries++]
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1,
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, modifier, filename,
1);
normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
}
else
retval->successor[entries++]
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len,
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, modifier, filename, 1);
normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
}
retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
@ -338,9 +393,11 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
freed by the caller. */
const char *
_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len)
_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
const char *codeset;
size_t name_len;
{
size_t len = 0;
int len = 0;
int only_digit = 1;
char *retval;
char *wp;
@ -385,7 +442,9 @@ _nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len)
to be defined. */
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
static char *
stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
stpcpy (dest, src)
char *dest;
const char *src;
{
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
/* Do nothing. */ ;

353
binutils/intl/langprefs.c
View File

@ -1,353 +0,0 @@
/* Determine the user's language preferences.
Copyright (C) 2004-2007, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.
Win32 code originally by Michele Cicciotti <hackbunny@reactos.com>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE
# include <string.h>
# include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h>
# include <CoreFoundation/CFPropertyList.h>
# include <CoreFoundation/CFArray.h>
# include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h>
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
#endif
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
# define WIN32_NATIVE
#endif
#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# ifndef MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME
# define MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME 8
# endif
# ifndef STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW
# define STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW 0x80000005
# endif
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (LANGID langid);
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID (LCID lcid);
/* Get the preferences list through the MUI APIs. This works on Windows Vista
and newer. */
static const char *
_nl_language_preferences_win32_mui (HMODULE kernel32)
{
/* DWORD GetUserPreferredUILanguages (ULONG dwFlags,
PULONG pulNumLanguages,
PWSTR pwszLanguagesBuffer,
PULONG pcchLanguagesBuffer); */
typedef DWORD (WINAPI *GetUserPreferredUILanguages_func) (ULONG, PULONG, PWSTR, PULONG);
GetUserPreferredUILanguages_func p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages;
p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages =
(GetUserPreferredUILanguages_func)
GetProcAddress (kernel32, "GetUserPreferredUILanguages");
if (p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages != NULL)
{
ULONG num_languages;
ULONG bufsize;
DWORD ret;
bufsize = 0;
ret = p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages (MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME,
&num_languages,
NULL, &bufsize);
if (ret == 0
&& GetLastError () == STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW
&& bufsize > 0)
{
WCHAR *buffer = (WCHAR *) malloc (bufsize * sizeof (WCHAR));
if (buffer != NULL)
{
ret = p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages (MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME,
&num_languages,
buffer, &bufsize);
if (ret)
{
/* Convert the list from NUL-delimited WCHAR[] Win32 locale
names to colon-delimited char[] Unix locale names.
We assume that all these locale names are in ASCII,
nonempty and contain no colons. */
char *languages =
(char *) malloc (bufsize + num_languages * 10 + 1);
if (languages != NULL)
{
const WCHAR *p = buffer;
char *q = languages;
ULONG i;
for (i = 0; i < num_languages; i++)
{
char *q1;
char *q2;
q1 = q;
if (i > 0)
*q++ = ':';
q2 = q;
for (; *p != (WCHAR)'\0'; p++)
{
if ((unsigned char) *p != *p || *p == ':')
{
/* A non-ASCII character or a colon inside
the Win32 locale name! Punt. */
q = q1;
break;
}
*q++ = (unsigned char) *p;
}
if (q == q1)
/* An unexpected Win32 locale name occurred. */
break;
*q = '\0';
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (q2);
q = q2 + strlen (q2);
p++;
}
*q = '\0';
if (q > languages)
{
free (buffer);
return languages;
}
free (languages);
}
}
free (buffer);
}
}
}
return NULL;
}
/* Get a preference. This works on Windows ME and newer. */
static const char *
_nl_language_preferences_win32_ME (HMODULE kernel32)
{
/* LANGID GetUserDefaultUILanguage (void); */
typedef LANGID (WINAPI *GetUserDefaultUILanguage_func) (void);
GetUserDefaultUILanguage_func p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage;
p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage =
(GetUserDefaultUILanguage_func)
GetProcAddress (kernel32, "GetUserDefaultUILanguage");
if (p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage != NULL)
return _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage ());
return NULL;
}
/* Get a preference. This works on Windows 95 and newer. */
static const char *
_nl_language_preferences_win32_95 ()
{
HKEY desktop_resource_locale_key;
if (RegOpenKeyExA (HKEY_CURRENT_USER,
"Control Panel\\Desktop\\ResourceLocale",
0, KEY_QUERY_VALUE, &desktop_resource_locale_key)
== NO_ERROR)
{
DWORD type;
char data[8 + 1];
DWORD data_size = sizeof (data);
DWORD ret;
ret = RegQueryValueExA (desktop_resource_locale_key, NULL, NULL,
&type, data, &data_size);
RegCloseKey (desktop_resource_locale_key);
if (ret == NO_ERROR)
{
/* We expect a string, at most 8 bytes long, that parses as a
hexadecimal number. */
if (type == REG_SZ
&& data_size <= sizeof (data)
&& (data_size < sizeof (data)
|| data[sizeof (data) - 1] == '\0'))
{
LCID lcid;
char *endp;
/* Ensure it's NUL terminated. */
if (data_size < sizeof (data))
data[data_size] = '\0';
/* Parse it as a hexadecimal number. */
lcid = strtoul (data, &endp, 16);
if (endp > data && *endp == '\0')
return _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID (lcid);
}
}
}
return NULL;
}
/* Get the system's preference. This can be used as a fallback. */
static BOOL CALLBACK
ret_first_language (HMODULE h, LPCSTR type, LPCSTR name, WORD lang, LONG_PTR param)
{
*(const char **)param = _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (lang);
return FALSE;
}
static const char *
_nl_language_preferences_win32_system (HMODULE kernel32)
{
const char *languages = NULL;
/* Ignore the warning on mingw here. mingw has a wrong definition of the last
parameter type of ENUMRESLANGPROC. */
EnumResourceLanguages (kernel32, RT_VERSION, MAKEINTRESOURCE (1),
ret_first_language, (LONG_PTR)&languages);
return languages;
}
#endif
/* Determine the user's language preferences, as a colon separated list of
locale names in XPG syntax
language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
The LANGUAGE environment variable does not need to be considered; it is
already taken into account by the caller. */
const char *
_nl_language_preferences_default (void)
{
#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */
{
/* Cache the preferences list, since CoreFoundation calls are expensive. */
static const char *cached_languages;
static int cache_initialized;
if (!cache_initialized)
{
CFTypeRef preferences =
CFPreferencesCopyAppValue (CFSTR ("AppleLanguages"),
kCFPreferencesCurrentApplication);
if (preferences != NULL
&& CFGetTypeID (preferences) == CFArrayGetTypeID ())
{
CFArrayRef prefArray = (CFArrayRef)preferences;
int n = CFArrayGetCount (prefArray);
char buf[256];
size_t size = 0;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
{
CFTypeRef element = CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
if (element != NULL
&& CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
&& CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
buf, sizeof (buf),
kCFStringEncodingASCII))
{
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
size += strlen (buf) + 1;
/* Most GNU programs use msgids in English and don't ship
an en.mo message catalog. Therefore when we see "en"
in the preferences list, arrange for gettext() to
return the msgid, and ignore all further elements of
the preferences list. */
if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0)
break;
}
else
break;
}
if (size > 0)
{
char *languages = (char *) malloc (size);
if (languages != NULL)
{
char *p = languages;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
{
CFTypeRef element =
CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
if (element != NULL
&& CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
&& CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
buf, sizeof (buf),
kCFStringEncodingASCII))
{
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
strcpy (p, buf);
p += strlen (buf);
*p++ = ':';
if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0)
break;
}
else
break;
}
*--p = '\0';
cached_languages = languages;
}
}
}
cache_initialized = 1;
}
if (cached_languages != NULL)
return cached_languages;
}
#endif
#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
{
/* Cache the preferences list, since computing it is expensive. */
static const char *cached_languages;
static int cache_initialized;
/* Activate the new code only when the GETTEXT_MUI environment variable is
set, for the time being, since the new code is not well tested. */
if (!cache_initialized && getenv ("GETTEXT_MUI") != NULL)
{
const char *languages = NULL;
HMODULE kernel32 = GetModuleHandle ("kernel32");
if (kernel32 != NULL)
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_mui (kernel32);
if (languages == NULL && kernel32 != NULL)
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_ME (kernel32);
if (languages == NULL)
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_95 ();
if (languages == NULL && kernel32 != NULL)
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_system (kernel32);
cached_languages = languages;
cache_initialized = 1;
}
if (cached_languages != NULL)
return cached_languages;
}
#endif
return NULL;
}

0
binutils/intl/libgnuintl.in.h → binutils/intl/libgnuintl.h
View File

123
binutils/intl/libintl.glibc
View File

@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
Copyright (C) 1995-2002, 2004-2005, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
#include <features.h>
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
implementation of gettext. */
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
((major) == 0 || (major) == 1 ? 1 : -1)
__BEGIN_DECLS
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
extern char *gettext (__const char *__msgid)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (1);
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
extern char *dgettext (__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2);
extern char *__dgettext (__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2);
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
extern char *dcgettext (__const char *__domainname,
__const char *__msgid, int __category)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2);
extern char *__dcgettext (__const char *__domainname,
__const char *__msgid, int __category)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2);
/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *ngettext (__const char *__msgid1, __const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (1) __attribute_format_arg__ (2);
/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *dngettext (__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid1,
__const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2) __attribute_format_arg__ (3);
/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *dcngettext (__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid1,
__const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
int __category)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2) __attribute_format_arg__ (3);
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
extern char *textdomain (__const char *__domainname) __THROW;
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
extern char *bindtextdomain (__const char *__domainname,
__const char *__dirname) __THROW;
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (__const char *__domainname,
__const char *__codeset) __THROW;
/* Optimized version of the function above. */
#if defined __OPTIMIZE__ && !defined __cplusplus
/* We need NULL for `gettext'. */
# define __need_NULL
# include <stddef.h>
/* We need LC_MESSAGES for `dgettext'. */
# include <locale.h>
/* These must be macros. Inlined functions are useless because the
`__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
false. */
# define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid)
# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \
dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
#endif /* Optimizing. */
__END_DECLS
#endif /* libintl.h */

38
binutils/intl/libintl.rc
View File

@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
/* Resources for intl.dll */
#include <winver.h>
VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
FILEVERSION PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_SUBMINOR,0
PRODUCTVERSION PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_SUBMINOR,0
FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL /* VS_FFI_FILEFLAGSMASK */
#ifdef _DEBUG
FILEFLAGS 0x1L /* VS_FF_DEBUG */
#else
FILEFLAGS 0x0L
#endif
FILEOS 0x10004L /* VOS_DOS_WINDOWS32 */
FILETYPE 0x2L /* VFT_DLL */
FILESUBTYPE 0x0L /* VFT2_UNKNOWN */
BEGIN
BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
BEGIN
BLOCK "04090000" /* Lang = US English, Charset = ASCII */
BEGIN
VALUE "Comments", "This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License. You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.\0"
VALUE "CompanyName", "Free Software Foundation\0"
VALUE "FileDescription", "LGPLed libintl for Windows NT/2000/XP/Vista/7 and Windows 95/98/ME\0"
VALUE "FileVersion", PACKAGE_VERSION_STRING "\0"
VALUE "InternalName", "intl.dll\0"
VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright (C) 1995-2010\0"
VALUE "LegalTrademarks", "\0"
VALUE "OriginalFilename", "intl.dll\0"
VALUE "ProductName", "libintl: accessing NLS message catalogs\0"
VALUE "ProductVersion", PACKAGE_VERSION_STRING "\0"
END
END
BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
BEGIN
VALUE "Translation", 0x0409, 0 /* US English, ASCII */
END
END

112
binutils/intl/loadinfo.h
View File

@ -1,19 +1,21 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1996-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
#define _LOADINFO_H 1
@ -30,12 +32,16 @@
in gettextP.h.
*/
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifndef LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
# define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
@ -45,7 +51,7 @@
#endif
/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
#if ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__) || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
#else
@ -54,10 +60,17 @@
#endif
/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 1
#define XPG_CODESET 2
#define XPG_TERRITORY 4
#define XPG_MODIFIER 8
#define CEN_REVISION 1
#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
#define CEN_SPECIAL 4
#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8
#define XPG_CODESET 16
#define TERRITORY 32
#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64
#define XPG_MODIFIER 128
#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
struct loaded_l10nfile
@ -76,17 +89,17 @@ struct loaded_l10nfile
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
freed by the caller. */
extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset,
size_t name_len);
extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
size_t name_len));
/* Lookup a locale dependent file.
*L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent
files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename.
DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to
look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0).
MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER
are the pieces of the locale name, as produced by _nl_explode_name().
FILENAME is the filename suffix.
MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER,
SPECIAL, SPONSOR, REVISION are the pieces of the locale name, as
produced by _nl_explode_name(). FILENAME is the filename suffix.
The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST,
or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL.
If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and
@ -94,37 +107,50 @@ extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset,
furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup
results from which this lookup result inherits. */
extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
const char *language, const char *territory,
const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
const char *modifier,
const char *filename, int do_allocate);
_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
const char *language, const char *territory,
const char *codeset,
const char *normalized_codeset,
const char *modifier, const char *special,
const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
const char *filename, int do_allocate));
/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if
NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name).
The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */
/* Part of the libintl ABI only for the sake of the gettext.m4 macro. */
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *name);
extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier,
territory, codeset.
territory, codeset, special, sponsor, revision.
NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and
there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY,
*CODESET gets assigned either a pointer into the old NAME string, or
NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it
is different from *CODESET; this one is dynamically allocated and has
to be freed by the caller.
*CODESET, *SPECIAL, *SPONSOR, *REVISION gets assigned either a
pointer into the old NAME string, or NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET
gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it is different from *CODESET;
this one is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller.
The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one
filled-in value:
XPG_MODIFIER for *MODIFIER,
XPG_TERRITORY for *TERRITORY,
XPG_MODIFIER, CEN_AUDIENCE for *MODIFIER,
TERRITORY for *TERRITORY,
XPG_CODESET for *CODESET,
XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET.
XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET,
CEN_SPECIAL for *SPECIAL,
CEN_SPONSOR for *SPONSOR,
CEN_REVISION for *REVISION.
*/
extern int _nl_explode_name (char *name, const char **language,
const char **modifier, const char **territory,
const char **codeset,
const char **normalized_codeset);
extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
const char **modifier,
const char **territory,
const char **codeset,
const char **normalized_codeset,
const char **special,
const char **sponsor,
const char **revision));
/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */
extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
#endif /* loadinfo.h */

670
binutils/intl/loadmsgcat.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Load needed message catalogs.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
@ -25,7 +27,6 @@
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <assert.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
@ -90,18 +91,6 @@ char *alloca ();
#ifdef _LIBC
# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
# include <not-cancel.h>
#endif
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else
# include "lock.h"
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN 0
#endif
/* Provide fallback values for macros that ought to be defined in <inttypes.h>.
@ -468,12 +457,11 @@ char *alloca ();
/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# define open(name, flags) open_not_cancel_2 (name, flags)
# define close(fd) close_not_cancel_no_status (fd)
# define read(fd, buf, n) read_not_cancel (fd, buf, n)
# define mmap(addr, len, prot, flags, fd, offset) \
__mmap (addr, len, prot, flags, fd, offset)
# define munmap(addr, len) __munmap (addr, len)
# define open __open
# define close __close
# define read __read
# define mmap __mmap
# define munmap __munmap
#endif
/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
@ -503,6 +491,11 @@ char *alloca ();
#endif
/* Prototypes for local functions. Needed to ensure compiler checking of
function argument counts despite of K&R C function definition syntax. */
static const char *get_sysdep_segment_value PARAMS ((const char *name));
/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
with all translations. This is important if the translations are
cached by one of GCC's features. */
@ -511,7 +504,8 @@ int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
/* Expand a system dependent string segment. Return NULL if unsupported. */
static const char *
get_sysdep_segment_value (const char *name)
get_sysdep_segment_value (name)
const char *name;
{
/* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive.
Syntax:
@ -760,32 +754,159 @@ get_sysdep_segment_value (const char *name)
}
}
}
/* Test for a glibc specific printf() format directive flag. */
if (name[0] == 'I' && name[1] == '\0')
{
#if defined _LIBC \
|| ((__GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2)) \
&& !defined __UCLIBC__)
/* The 'I' flag, in numeric format directives, replaces ASCII digits
with the 'outdigits' defined in the LC_CTYPE locale facet. This is
used for Farsi (Persian), some Indic languages, and maybe Arabic. */
return "I";
#else
return "";
#endif
}
/* Other system dependent strings are not valid. */
return NULL;
}
/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
Return the header entry. */
const char *
internal_function
_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
struct loaded_domain *domain;
struct binding *domainbinding;
{
/* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this
entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */
char *nullentry;
size_t nullentrylen;
/* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */
domain->codeset_cntr =
(domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
#ifdef _LIBC
domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
# endif
#endif
domain->conv_tab = NULL;
/* Get the header entry. */
nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
if (nullentry != NULL)
{
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
const char *charsetstr;
charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
if (charsetstr != NULL)
{
size_t len;
char *charset;
const char *outcharset;
charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
*((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
# else
memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
charset[len] = '\0';
# endif
/* The output charset should normally be determined by the
locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
this. Moreover, the value specified through
bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */
if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
else
{
outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
{
# ifdef _LIBC
outcharset = _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET);
# else
# if HAVE_ICONV
extern const char *locale_charset PARAMS ((void));
outcharset = locale_charset ();
# endif
# endif
}
}
# ifdef _LIBC
/* We always want to use transliteration. */
outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
!= __GCONV_OK)
domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
# else
# if HAVE_ICONV
/* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5,
we want to use transliteration. */
# if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \
|| _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
if (strchr (outcharset, '/') == NULL)
{
char *tmp;
len = strlen (outcharset);
tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
outcharset = tmp;
domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
freea (outcharset);
}
else
# endif
domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
# endif
# endif
freea (charset);
}
#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
}
return nullentry;
}
/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */
void
internal_function
_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
struct loaded_domain *domain;
{
if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
free (domain->conv_tab);
#ifdef _LIBC
if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
__gconv_close (domain->conv);
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
iconv_close (domain->conv);
# endif
#endif
}
/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
message catalog do nothing. */
void
internal_function
_nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct binding *domainbinding)
_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
struct binding *domainbinding;
{
int fd = -1;
int fd;
size_t size;
#ifdef _LIBC
struct stat64 st;
@ -797,25 +918,8 @@ _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct loaded_domain *domain;
int revision;
const char *nullentry;
size_t nullentrylen;
__libc_lock_define_initialized_recursive (static, lock);
__libc_lock_lock_recursive (lock);
if (domain_file->decided != 0)
{
/* There are two possibilities:
+ this is the same thread calling again during this initialization
via _nl_find_msg. We have initialized everything this call needs.
+ this is another thread which tried to initialize this object.
Not necessary anymore since if the lock is available this
is finished.
*/
goto done;
}
domain_file->decided = -1;
domain_file->decided = 1;
domain_file->data = NULL;
/* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
@ -827,12 +931,12 @@ _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
syntax. */
if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
goto out;
return;
/* Try to open the addressed file. */
fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
if (fd == -1)
goto out;
return;
/* We must know about the size of the file. */
if (
@ -843,8 +947,11 @@ _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
#endif
|| __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
|| __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
/* Something went wrong. */
goto out;
{
/* Something went wrong. */
close (fd);
return;
}
#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
/* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try
@ -852,15 +959,12 @@ _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
if (__builtin_expect (data != MAP_FAILED, 1))
if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
{
/* mmap() call was successful. */
close (fd);
fd = -1;
use_mmap = 1;
}
assert (MAP_FAILED == (void *) -1);
#endif
/* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
@ -872,7 +976,7 @@ _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
if (data == NULL)
goto out;
return;
to_read = size;
read_ptr = (char *) data;
@ -885,8 +989,8 @@ _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
continue;
#endif
free (data);
goto out;
close (fd);
return;
}
read_ptr += nb;
to_read -= nb;
@ -894,7 +998,6 @@ _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
while (to_read > 0);
close (fd);
fd = -1;
}
/* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
@ -909,12 +1012,12 @@ _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
else
#endif
free (data);
goto out;
return;
}
domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
if (domain == NULL)
goto out;
return;
domain_file->data = domain;
domain->data = (char *) data;
@ -925,11 +1028,10 @@ _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
/* Fill in the information about the available tables. */
revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision);
/* We support only the major revisions 0 and 1. */
/* We support only the major revision 0. */
switch (revision >> 16)
{
case 0:
case 1:
domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *)
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
@ -969,13 +1071,12 @@ _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
const char **sysdep_segment_values;
const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab;
const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab;
nls_uint32 n_inmem_sysdep_strings;
size_t memneed;
char *mem;
struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab;
struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab;
nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab;
unsigned int i, j;
unsigned int i;
/* Get the values of the system dependent segments. */
n_sysdep_segments =
@ -984,7 +1085,6 @@ _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
((char *) data
+ W (domain->must_swap, data->sysdep_segments_offset));
sysdep_segment_values =
(const char **)
alloca (n_sysdep_segments * sizeof (const char *));
for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_segments; i++)
{
@ -1011,247 +1111,153 @@ _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+ W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset));
/* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the
system dependent strings and the augmented hash table.
At the same time, also drop string pairs which refer to
an undefined system dependent segment. */
n_inmem_sysdep_strings = 0;
memneed = domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++)
system dependent strings and the augmented hash table. */
memneed = 2 * n_sysdep_strings
* sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc)
+ domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++)
{
int valid = 1;
size_t needs[2];
const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
(const struct sysdep_string *)
((char *) data
+ W (domain->must_swap,
i < n_sysdep_strings
? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
: trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings]));
size_t need = 0;
const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments;
for (j = 0; j < 2; j++)
{
const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
(const struct sysdep_string *)
((char *) data
+ W (domain->must_swap,
j == 0
? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
: trans_sysdep_tab[i]));
size_t need = 0;
const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments;
if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END)
for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
{
nls_uint32 sysdepref;
if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END)
for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
break;
if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments)
{
nls_uint32 sysdepref;
need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
break;
if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments)
{
/* Invalid. */
freea (sysdep_segment_values);
goto invalid;
}
if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL)
{
/* This particular string pair is invalid. */
valid = 0;
break;
}
need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
/* Invalid. */
freea (sysdep_segment_values);
goto invalid;
}
needs[j] = need;
if (!valid)
break;
}
need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
}
if (valid)
{
n_inmem_sysdep_strings++;
memneed += needs[0] + needs[1];
}
memneed += need;
}
memneed += 2 * n_inmem_sysdep_strings
* sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
if (n_inmem_sysdep_strings > 0)
/* Allocate additional memory. */
mem = (char *) malloc (memneed);
if (mem == NULL)
goto invalid;
domain->malloced = mem;
inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem;
mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
/* Compute the system dependent strings. */
for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++)
{
unsigned int k;
const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
(const struct sysdep_string *)
((char *) data
+ W (domain->must_swap,
i < n_sysdep_strings
? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
: trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings]));
const char *static_segments =
(char *) data
+ W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset);
const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments;
/* Allocate additional memory. */
mem = (char *) malloc (memneed);
if (mem == NULL)
goto invalid;
/* Concatenate the segments, and fill
inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i] (for i < n_sysdep_strings) and
inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[i-n_sysdep_strings] (for
i >= n_sysdep_strings). */
domain->malloced = mem;
inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings
* sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings
* sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem;
mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
/* Compute the system dependent strings. */
k = 0;
for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++)
if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) == SEGMENTS_END)
{
int valid = 1;
/* Only one static segment. */
inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length =
W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = static_segments;
}
else
{
inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = mem;
for (j = 0; j < 2; j++)
for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
{
const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
(const struct sysdep_string *)
((char *) data
+ W (domain->must_swap,
j == 0
? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
: trans_sysdep_tab[i]));
const struct segment_pair *p =
sysdep_string->segments;
nls_uint32 segsize =
W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
nls_uint32 sysdepref =
W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
size_t n;
if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref)
!= SEGMENTS_END)
for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
{
nls_uint32 sysdepref;
if (segsize > 0)
{
memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize);
mem += segsize;
static_segments += segsize;
}
sysdepref =
W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
break;
if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL)
{
/* This particular string pair is
invalid. */
valid = 0;
break;
}
}
if (!valid)
if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
break;
n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n);
mem += n;
}
if (valid)
{
for (j = 0; j < 2; j++)
{
const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
(const struct sysdep_string *)
((char *) data
+ W (domain->must_swap,
j == 0
? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
: trans_sysdep_tab[i]));
const char *static_segments =
(char *) data
+ W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset);
const struct segment_pair *p =
sysdep_string->segments;
/* Concatenate the segments, and fill
inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 0) and
inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 1). */
struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_tab_entry =
(j == 0
? inmem_orig_sysdep_tab
: inmem_trans_sysdep_tab)
+ k;
if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref)
== SEGMENTS_END)
{
/* Only one static segment. */
inmem_tab_entry->length =
W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
inmem_tab_entry->pointer = static_segments;
}
else
{
inmem_tab_entry->pointer = mem;
for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
{
nls_uint32 segsize =
W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
nls_uint32 sysdepref =
W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
size_t n;
if (segsize > 0)
{
memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize);
mem += segsize;
static_segments += segsize;
}
if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
break;
n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n);
mem += n;
}
inmem_tab_entry->length =
mem - inmem_tab_entry->pointer;
}
}
k++;
}
inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length =
mem - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer;
}
if (k != n_inmem_sysdep_strings)
abort ();
/* Compute the augmented hash table. */
for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++)
inmem_hash_tab[i] =
W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]);
for (i = 0; i < n_inmem_sysdep_strings; i++)
{
const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer;
nls_uint32 hash_val = __hash_string (msgid);
nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
nls_uint32 incr =
1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
for (;;)
{
if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0)
{
/* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */
inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i;
break;
}
if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
else
idx += incr;
}
}
domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_inmem_sysdep_strings;
domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab;
domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab;
domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab;
domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0;
}
else
/* Compute the augmented hash table. */
for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++)
inmem_hash_tab[i] =
W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]);
for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++)
{
domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0;
domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL;
domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL;
const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer;
nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
for (;;)
{
if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0)
{
/* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */
inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i;
break;
}
if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
else
idx += incr;
}
}
freea (sysdep_segment_values);
domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_sysdep_strings;
domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab;
domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab;
domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab;
domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0;
}
else
{
@ -1266,8 +1272,9 @@ _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
default:
/* This is an invalid revision. */
invalid:
/* This is an invalid .mo file or we ran out of resources. */
free (domain->malloced);
/* This is an invalid .mo file. */
if (domain->malloced)
free (domain->malloced);
#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
if (use_mmap)
munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
@ -1276,69 +1283,32 @@ _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
free (data);
free (domain);
domain_file->data = NULL;
goto out;
return;
}
/* No caches of converted translations so far. */
domain->conversions = NULL;
domain->nconversions = 0;
#ifdef _LIBC
__libc_rwlock_init (domain->conversions_lock);
#else
gl_rwlock_init (domain->conversions_lock);
#endif
/* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
specified character set or the locale's character set. */
nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
/* Get the header entry and look for a plural specification. */
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
nullentry =
_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, NULL, "", &nullentrylen);
#else
nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", 0, &nullentrylen);
#endif
if (__builtin_expect (nullentry == (char *) -1, 0))
{
#ifdef _LIBC
__libc_rwlock_fini (domain->conversions_lock);
#endif
goto invalid;
}
/* Also look for a plural specification. */
EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals);
out:
if (fd != -1)
close (fd);
domain_file->decided = 1;
done:
__libc_lock_unlock_recursive (lock);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
void
internal_function __libc_freeres_fn_section
_nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *domain)
internal_function
_nl_unload_domain (domain)
struct loaded_domain *domain;
{
size_t i;
if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural)
__gettext_free_exp ((struct expression *) domain->plural);
__gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
for (i = 0; i < domain->nconversions; i++)
{
struct converted_domain *convd = &domain->conversions[i];
_nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
free ((char *) convd->encoding);
if (convd->conv_tab != NULL && convd->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
free (convd->conv_tab);
if (convd->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
__gconv_close (convd->conv);
}
free (domain->conversions);
__libc_rwlock_fini (domain->conversions_lock);
free (domain->malloced);
if (domain->malloced)
free (domain->malloced);
# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
if (domain->use_mmap)

585
binutils/intl/localcharset.c
View File

@ -1,63 +1,64 @@
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
Copyright (C) 2000-2006, 2008-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
#include <config.h>
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#include "localcharset.h"
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
# define DARWIN7 /* Darwin 7 or newer, i.e. Mac OS X 10.3 or newer */
#include <stdio.h>
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
# define WINDOWS_NATIVE
# include <locale.h>
# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
# define WIN32
#endif
#if defined __EMX__
/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */
# ifndef OS2
# define OS2
# endif
# define OS2
#endif
#if !defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
# include <unistd.h>
#if !defined WIN32
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
# include <langinfo.h>
# else
# if 0 /* see comment below */
# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
# include <locale.h>
# endif
# endif
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# endif
#elif defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
#elif defined WIN32
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
#endif
@ -66,29 +67,14 @@
# include <os2.h>
#endif
/* For MB_CUR_MAX_L */
#if defined DARWIN7
# include <xlocale.h>
#endif
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
# include "relocatable.h"
#else
# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
#endif
/* Get LIBDIR. */
#ifndef LIBDIR
# include "configmake.h"
#endif
/* Define O_NOFOLLOW to 0 on platforms where it does not exist. */
#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
#endif
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Native Windows, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
#endif
@ -100,7 +86,7 @@
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
#endif
#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
#ifdef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED
# undef getc
# define getc getc_unlocked
#endif
@ -121,256 +107,148 @@ static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
static const char *
get_charset_aliases (void)
get_charset_aliases ()
{
const char *cp;
cp = charset_aliases;
if (cp == NULL)
{
#if !(defined DARWIN7 || defined VMS || defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined OS2)
const char *dir;
#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32)
FILE *fp;
const char *dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
const char *base = "charset.alias";
char *file_name;
/* Make it possible to override the charset.alias location. This is
necessary for running the testsuite before "make install". */
dir = getenv ("CHARSETALIASDIR");
if (dir == NULL || dir[0] == '\0')
dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
/* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
{
size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
size_t base_len = strlen (base);
int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
if (file_name != NULL)
{
memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
if (add_slash)
file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
}
size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
size_t base_len = strlen (base);
int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
if (file_name != NULL)
{
memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
if (add_slash)
file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
}
}
if (file_name == NULL)
/* Out of memory. Treat the file as empty. */
cp = "";
if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
cp = "";
else
{
int fd;
{
/* Parse the file's contents. */
int c;
char buf1[50+1];
char buf2[50+1];
char *res_ptr = NULL;
size_t res_size = 0;
size_t l1, l2;
/* Open the file. Reject symbolic links on platforms that support
O_NOFOLLOW. This is a security feature. Without it, an attacker
could retrieve parts of the contents (namely, the tail of the
first line that starts with "* ") of an arbitrary file by placing
a symbolic link to that file under the name "charset.alias" in
some writable directory and defining the environment variable
CHARSETALIASDIR to point to that directory. */
fd = open (file_name,
O_RDONLY | (HAVE_WORKING_O_NOFOLLOW ? O_NOFOLLOW : 0));
if (fd < 0)
/* File not found. Treat it as empty. */
cp = "";
else
{
FILE *fp;
for (;;)
{
c = getc (fp);
if (c == EOF)
break;
if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
continue;
if (c == '#')
{
/* Skip comment, to end of line. */
do
c = getc (fp);
while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
if (c == EOF)
break;
continue;
}
ungetc (c, fp);
if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
break;
l1 = strlen (buf1);
l2 = strlen (buf2);
if (res_size == 0)
{
res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
}
else
{
res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
}
if (res_ptr == NULL)
{
/* Out of memory. */
res_size = 0;
break;
}
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
}
fclose (fp);
if (res_size == 0)
cp = "";
else
{
*(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
cp = res_ptr;
}
}
fp = fdopen (fd, "r");
if (fp == NULL)
{
/* Out of memory. Treat the file as empty. */
close (fd);
cp = "";
}
else
{
/* Parse the file's contents. */
char *res_ptr = NULL;
size_t res_size = 0;
for (;;)
{
int c;
char buf1[50+1];
char buf2[50+1];
size_t l1, l2;
char *old_res_ptr;
c = getc (fp);
if (c == EOF)
break;
if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
continue;
if (c == '#')
{
/* Skip comment, to end of line. */
do
c = getc (fp);
while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
if (c == EOF)
break;
continue;
}
ungetc (c, fp);
if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
break;
l1 = strlen (buf1);
l2 = strlen (buf2);
old_res_ptr = res_ptr;
if (res_size == 0)
{
res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
}
else
{
res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
}
if (res_ptr == NULL)
{
/* Out of memory. */
res_size = 0;
free (old_res_ptr);
break;
}
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
}
fclose (fp);
if (res_size == 0)
cp = "";
else
{
*(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
cp = res_ptr;
}
}
}
free (file_name);
}
if (file_name != NULL)
free (file_name);
#else
# if defined DARWIN7
/* To avoid the trouble of installing a file that is shared by many
GNU packages -- many packaging systems have problems with this --,
simply inline the aliases here. */
cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
"ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
"ISO8859-4" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
"ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
"ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
"ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
"ISO8859-13" "\0" "ISO-8859-13" "\0"
"ISO8859-15" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"
"KOI8-R" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
"KOI8-U" "\0" "KOI8-U" "\0"
"CP866" "\0" "CP866" "\0"
"CP949" "\0" "CP949" "\0"
"CP1131" "\0" "CP1131" "\0"
"CP1251" "\0" "CP1251" "\0"
"eucCN" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
"GB2312" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
"eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
"eucKR" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"
"Big5" "\0" "BIG5" "\0"
"Big5HKSCS" "\0" "BIG5-HKSCS" "\0"
"GBK" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
"GB18030" "\0" "GB18030" "\0"
"SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
"ARMSCII-8" "\0" "ARMSCII-8" "\0"
"PT154" "\0" "PT154" "\0"
/*"ISCII-DEV" "\0" "?" "\0"*/
"*" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0";
# endif
# if defined VMS
/* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */
sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */
/* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
"Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */
"Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */
cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
"ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
"ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
"ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
"ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
"ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
/* Japanese */
"eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
"SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
"DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
"SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
/* Chinese */
"eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
"DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
"DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
/* Korean */
"DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
"ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
"ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
"ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
"ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
"ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
/* Japanese */
"eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
"SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
"DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
"SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
/* Chinese */
"eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
"DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
"DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
/* Korean */
"DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
# endif
# if defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__
# if defined WIN32
/* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
"CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
"CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
"CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
"CP20936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
"CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
"CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
"CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
"CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
"CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
"CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
"CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
"CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
"CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
"CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
"CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"
"CP38598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
"CP51932" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
"CP51936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
"CP51949" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"
"CP51950" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
"CP54936" "\0" "GB18030" "\0"
"CP65001" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0";
# endif
# if defined OS2
/* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
/* The list of encodings is taken from "List of OS/2 Codepages"
by Alex Taylor:
<http://altsan.org/os2/toolkits/uls/index.html#codepages>.
See also "IBM Globalization - Code page identifiers":
<http://www-01.ibm.com/software/globalization/cp/cp_cpgid.html>. */
cp = "CP813" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
"CP878" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
"CP819" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
"CP912" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
"CP913" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
"CP914" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
"CP915" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
"CP916" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
"CP920" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
"CP921" "\0" "ISO-8859-13" "\0"
"CP923" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"
"CP954" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
"CP964" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
"CP970" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"
"CP1089" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
"CP1208" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0"
"CP1381" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
"CP1386" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
"CP3372" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0";
"CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
"CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
"CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
"CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
"CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
"CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
"CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
"CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
"CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
"CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
"CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
"CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
"CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
"CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0";
# endif
#endif
@ -390,74 +268,18 @@ get_charset_aliases (void)
STATIC
#endif
const char *
locale_charset (void)
locale_charset ()
{
const char *codeset;
const char *aliases;
#if !(defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined OS2)
#if !(defined WIN32 || defined OS2)
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
/* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
/* Cygwin < 1.7 does not have locales. nl_langinfo (CODESET) always
returns "US-ASCII". Return the suffix of the locale name from the
environment variables (if present) or the codepage as a number. */
if (codeset != NULL && strcmp (codeset, "US-ASCII") == 0)
{
const char *locale;
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
locale = getenv ("LANG");
}
if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
{
/* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return
it. */
const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
if (dot != NULL)
{
const char *modifier;
dot++;
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
if (modifier == NULL)
return dot;
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
{
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
return buf;
}
}
}
/* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as a
number: GetACP(). This encoding is used by Cygwin, unless the user
has set the environment variable CYGWIN=codepage:oem (which very few
people do).
Output directed to console windows needs to be converted (to
GetOEMCP() if the console is using a raster font, or to
GetConsoleOutputCP() if it is using a TrueType font). Cygwin does
this conversion transparently (see winsup/cygwin/fhandler_console.cc),
converting to GetConsoleOutputCP(). This leads to correct results,
except when SetConsoleOutputCP has been called and a raster font is
in use. */
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
codeset = buf;
}
# endif
# else
/* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
@ -467,18 +289,18 @@ locale_charset (void)
(like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
locale name the user has set. */
# if 0
# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
# endif
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
locale = getenv ("LANG");
}
{
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
locale = getenv ("LANG");
}
}
/* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
@ -488,38 +310,12 @@ locale_charset (void)
# endif
#elif defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
#elif defined WIN32
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
/* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as
a number, but the value doesn't change according to what the
'setlocale' call specified. So we use it as a last resort, in
case the string returned by 'setlocale' doesn't specify the
codepage. */
char *current_locale = setlocale (LC_ALL, NULL);
char *pdot;
/* If they set different locales for different categories,
'setlocale' will return a semi-colon separated list of locale
values. To make sure we use the correct one, we choose LC_CTYPE. */
if (strchr (current_locale, ';'))
current_locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
pdot = strrchr (current_locale, '.');
if (pdot)
sprintf (buf, "CP%s", pdot + 1);
else
{
/* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as a
number: GetACP().
When the output goes to a console window, it needs to be provided in
GetOEMCP() encoding if the console is using a raster font, or in
GetConsoleOutputCP() encoding if it is using a TrueType font.
But in GUI programs and for output sent to files and pipes, GetACP()
encoding is the best bet. */
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
}
/* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
codeset = buf;
#elif defined OS2
@ -529,8 +325,6 @@ locale_charset (void)
ULONG cp[3];
ULONG cplen;
codeset = NULL;
/* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
with standard language environment variables. */
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
@ -538,7 +332,7 @@ locale_charset (void)
{
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
locale = getenv ("LANG");
locale = getenv ("LANG");
}
if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
{
@ -546,37 +340,35 @@ locale_charset (void)
const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
if (dot != NULL)
{
const char *modifier;
{
const char *modifier;
dot++;
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
if (modifier == NULL)
return dot;
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
{
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
return buf;
}
}
dot++;
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
if (modifier == NULL)
return dot;
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
{
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
return buf;
}
}
/* For the POSIX locale, don't use the system's codepage. */
if (strcmp (locale, "C") == 0 || strcmp (locale, "POSIX") == 0)
codeset = "";
/* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */
codeset = locale;
}
if (codeset == NULL)
else
{
/* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
codeset = "";
codeset = "";
else
{
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
codeset = buf;
}
{
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
codeset = buf;
}
}
#endif
@ -590,10 +382,10 @@ locale_charset (void)
*aliases != '\0';
aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
{
codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
break;
codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
break;
}
/* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
@ -602,12 +394,5 @@ locale_charset (void)
if (codeset[0] == '\0')
codeset = "ASCII";
#ifdef DARWIN7
/* Mac OS X sets MB_CUR_MAX to 1 when LC_ALL=C, and "UTF-8"
(the default codeset) does not work when MB_CUR_MAX is 1. */
if (strcmp (codeset, "UTF-8") == 0 && MB_CUR_MAX_L (uselocale (NULL)) <= 1)
codeset = "ASCII";
#endif
return codeset;
}

20
binutils/intl/localcharset.h
View File

@ -1,19 +1,21 @@
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
#define _LOCALCHARSET_H

49
binutils/intl/locale.alias
View File

@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
# Locale name alias data base.
# Copyright (C) 1996-2001, 2003, 2007, 2015 Free Software Foundation,
# Inc.
# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
# USA.
# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
@ -21,24 +22,15 @@
# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
# All entries are case independent.
# Note: This file is obsolete and is kept around for the time being for
# backward compatibility. Nobody should rely on the names defined here.
# Locales should always be specified by their full name.
# Note: This file used to contain the following lines:
# bokmaal nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
# franc,ais fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
# except that the "aa" was actually the byte '\0xE5' (the Latin-1
# encoding for U+00E5 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE) and the
# "c," was actually the byte '\xE7' (the Latin-1 encoding for U+00E7
# LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA). These lines were removed
# because they caused 'locale -a' to output text encoded in Latin-1,
# which broke applications in UTF-8 locales. See:
# https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=18412
# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for
# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
# bugs@gnu.org.
# Packages using this file:
bokmal nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1
catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
@ -49,6 +41,7 @@ dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
@ -68,9 +61,9 @@ korean ko_KR.eucKR
korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
no_NO nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
norwegian nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1

180
binutils/intl/localealias.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Handle aliases for locale names.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
@ -60,7 +62,7 @@ char *alloca ();
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
# include "relocatable.h"
#else
# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
@ -72,20 +74,18 @@ char *alloca ();
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# define strcasecmp(s1, s2) __strcasecmp_l (s1, s2, _nl_C_locobj_ptr)
# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
# ifndef mempcpy
# define mempcpy __mempcpy
# endif
# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1
#endif
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else
# include "lock.h"
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
#endif
#ifndef internal_function
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ char *alloca ();
/* Some optimizations for glibc. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp)
# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) __fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
#else
# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp)
# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp)
@ -110,21 +110,16 @@ char *alloca ();
# define freea(p) free (p)
#endif
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT \
|| (defined HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED && HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED)
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
# undef fgets
# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
#endif
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT \
|| (defined HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED && HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED)
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
# undef feof
# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
#endif
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
struct alias_map
{
const char *alias;
@ -145,22 +140,25 @@ static size_t maxmap;
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static size_t read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
internal_function;
static int extend_alias_table (void);
static int alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1,
const struct alias_map *map2);
static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
const struct alias_map *map2));
const char *
_nl_expand_alias (const char *name)
_nl_expand_alias (name)
const char *name;
{
static const char *locale_alias_path;
struct alias_map *retval;
const char *result = NULL;
size_t added;
#ifdef _LIBC
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
#endif
if (locale_alias_path == NULL)
locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
@ -174,8 +172,8 @@ _nl_expand_alias (const char *name)
if (nmap > 0)
retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
sizeof (struct alias_map),
(int (*) (const void *,
const void *)
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
const void *))
) alias_compare);
else
retval = NULL;
@ -207,7 +205,9 @@ _nl_expand_alias (const char *name)
}
while (added != 0);
#ifdef _LIBC
__libc_lock_unlock (lock);
#endif
return result;
}
@ -215,7 +215,9 @@ _nl_expand_alias (const char *name)
static size_t
internal_function
read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
const char *fname;
int fname_len;
{
FILE *fp;
char *full_fname;
@ -231,13 +233,7 @@ read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Note the file is opened with cancellation in the I/O functions
disabled. */
fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "rce");
#else
fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r");
#endif
freea (full_fname);
if (fp == NULL)
return 0;
@ -261,15 +257,11 @@ read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
char *alias;
char *value;
char *cp;
int complete_line;
if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
/* EOF reached. */
break;
/* Determine whether the line is complete. */
complete_line = strchr (buf, '\n') != NULL;
cp = buf;
/* Ignore leading white space. */
while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
@ -291,6 +283,9 @@ read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
if (cp[0] != '\0')
{
size_t alias_len;
size_t value_len;
value = cp++;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
++cp;
@ -306,91 +301,74 @@ read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
else if (cp[0] != '\0')
*cp++ = '\0';
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
/* glibc's locale.alias contains entries for ja_JP and ko_KR
that make it impossible to use a Japanese or Korean UTF-8
locale under the name "ja_JP" or "ko_KR". Ignore these
entries. */
if (strchr (alias, '_') == NULL)
#endif
if (nmap >= maxmap)
if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
return added;
alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
{
size_t alias_len;
size_t value_len;
/* Increase size of memory pool. */
size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+ (alias_len + value_len > 1024
? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
if (new_pool == NULL)
return added;
if (nmap >= maxmap)
if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
goto out;
alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
{
/* Increase size of memory pool. */
size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+ (alias_len + value_len > 1024
? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
if (new_pool == NULL)
goto out;
size_t i;
if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
{
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
{
map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
}
map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
}
string_space = new_pool;
string_space_max = new_size;
}
map[nmap].alias =
(const char *) memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
alias, alias_len);
string_space_act += alias_len;
map[nmap].value =
(const char *) memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
value, value_len);
string_space_act += value_len;
++nmap;
++added;
string_space = new_pool;
string_space_max = new_size;
}
map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
alias, alias_len);
string_space_act += alias_len;
map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
value, value_len);
string_space_act += value_len;
++nmap;
++added;
}
}
/* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
the rest of the line. */
if (! complete_line)
do
if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
will exit at the `feof' test. */
break;
while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL);
while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
will exit at the `feof' test. */
break;
}
out:
/* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
errors. --drepper */
fclose (fp);
if (added > 0)
qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
(int (*) (const void *, const void *)) alias_compare);
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
return added;
}
static int
extend_alias_table (void)
extend_alias_table ()
{
size_t new_size;
struct alias_map *new_map;
@ -409,7 +387,9 @@ extend_alias_table (void)
static int
alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2)
alias_compare (map1, map2)
const struct alias_map *map1;
const struct alias_map *map2;
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);

2979
binutils/intl/localename.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1057
binutils/intl/lock.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

927
binutils/intl/lock.h
View File

@ -1,927 +0,0 @@
/* Locking in multithreaded situations.
Copyright (C) 2005-2008, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h,
gthr-win32.h. */
/* This file contains locking primitives for use with a given thread library.
It does not contain primitives for creating threads or for other
synchronization primitives.
Normal (non-recursive) locks:
Type: gl_lock_t
Declaration: gl_lock_define(extern, name)
Initializer: gl_lock_define_initialized(, name)
Initialization: gl_lock_init (name);
Taking the lock: gl_lock_lock (name);
Releasing the lock: gl_lock_unlock (name);
De-initialization: gl_lock_destroy (name);
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
Initialization: err = glthread_lock_init (&name);
Taking the lock: err = glthread_lock_lock (&name);
Releasing the lock: err = glthread_lock_unlock (&name);
De-initialization: err = glthread_lock_destroy (&name);
Read-Write (non-recursive) locks:
Type: gl_rwlock_t
Declaration: gl_rwlock_define(extern, name)
Initializer: gl_rwlock_define_initialized(, name)
Initialization: gl_rwlock_init (name);
Taking the lock: gl_rwlock_rdlock (name);
gl_rwlock_wrlock (name);
Releasing the lock: gl_rwlock_unlock (name);
De-initialization: gl_rwlock_destroy (name);
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
Initialization: err = glthread_rwlock_init (&name);
Taking the lock: err = glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&name);
err = glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&name);
Releasing the lock: err = glthread_rwlock_unlock (&name);
De-initialization: err = glthread_rwlock_destroy (&name);
Recursive locks:
Type: gl_recursive_lock_t
Declaration: gl_recursive_lock_define(extern, name)
Initializer: gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(, name)
Initialization: gl_recursive_lock_init (name);
Taking the lock: gl_recursive_lock_lock (name);
Releasing the lock: gl_recursive_lock_unlock (name);
De-initialization: gl_recursive_lock_destroy (name);
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
Initialization: err = glthread_recursive_lock_init (&name);
Taking the lock: err = glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&name);
Releasing the lock: err = glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&name);
De-initialization: err = glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&name);
Once-only execution:
Type: gl_once_t
Initializer: gl_once_define(extern, name)
Execution: gl_once (name, initfunction);
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
Execution: err = glthread_once (&name, initfunction);
*/
#ifndef _LOCK_H
#define _LOCK_H
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
/* ========================================================================= */
#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
/* Use the POSIX threads library. */
# include <pthread.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
/* The pthread_in_use() detection needs to be done at runtime. */
# define pthread_in_use() \
glthread_in_use ()
extern int glthread_in_use (void);
# endif
# if USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
/* Use weak references to the POSIX threads library. */
/* Weak references avoid dragging in external libraries if the other parts
of the program don't use them. Here we use them, because we don't want
every program that uses libintl to depend on libpthread. This assumes
that libpthread would not be loaded after libintl; i.e. if libintl is
loaded first, by an executable that does not depend on libpthread, and
then a module is dynamically loaded that depends on libpthread, libintl
will not be multithread-safe. */
/* The way to test at runtime whether libpthread is present is to test
whether a function pointer's value, such as &pthread_mutex_init, is
non-NULL. However, some versions of GCC have a bug through which, in
PIC mode, &foo != NULL always evaluates to true if there is a direct
call to foo(...) in the same function. To avoid this, we test the
address of a function in libpthread that we don't use. */
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_init
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_destroy
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_init
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_rdlock
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_wrlock
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_unlock
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_destroy
# pragma weak pthread_once
# pragma weak pthread_cond_init
# pragma weak pthread_cond_wait
# pragma weak pthread_cond_signal
# pragma weak pthread_cond_broadcast
# pragma weak pthread_cond_destroy
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_init
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_settype
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_destroy
# ifndef pthread_self
# pragma weak pthread_self
# endif
# if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
# pragma weak pthread_cancel
# define pthread_in_use() (pthread_cancel != NULL)
# endif
# else
# if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
# define pthread_in_use() 1
# endif
# endif
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
# define gl_lock_initializer \
PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_init (LOCK, NULL) : 0)
# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK
# ifdef PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
typedef pthread_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME;
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_init (LOCK, NULL) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_rdlock (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_wrlock (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
# else
typedef struct
{
int initialized;
pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
pthread_rwlock_t rwlock; /* read-write lock */
}
gl_rwlock_t;
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
{ 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
extern int glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
# endif
# else
typedef struct
{
pthread_mutex_t lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
pthread_cond_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
pthread_cond_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
unsigned int waiting_writers_count; /* number of waiting writers */
int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
}
gl_rwlock_t;
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
{ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0, 0 }
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
extern int glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
# endif
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
# if defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
# ifdef PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
# else
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
# endif
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
# else
typedef struct
{
pthread_mutex_t recmutex; /* recursive mutex */
pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
int initialized;
}
gl_recursive_lock_t;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
{ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
# endif
# else
/* Old versions of POSIX threads on Solaris did not have recursive locks.
We have to implement them ourselves. */
typedef struct
{
pthread_mutex_t mutex;
pthread_t owner;
unsigned long depth;
}
gl_recursive_lock_t;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
{ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, (pthread_t) 0, 0 }
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
# endif
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef pthread_once_t gl_once_t;
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pthread_once_t NAME = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
(pthread_in_use () \
? pthread_once (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
: (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control);
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif
/* ========================================================================= */
#if USE_PTH_THREADS
/* Use the GNU Pth threads library. */
# include <pth.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
# if USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK
/* Use weak references to the GNU Pth threads library. */
# pragma weak pth_mutex_init
# pragma weak pth_mutex_acquire
# pragma weak pth_mutex_release
# pragma weak pth_rwlock_init
# pragma weak pth_rwlock_acquire
# pragma weak pth_rwlock_release
# pragma weak pth_once
# pragma weak pth_cancel
# define pth_in_use() (pth_cancel != NULL)
# else
# define pth_in_use() 1
# endif
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef pth_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME;
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
# define gl_lock_initializer \
PTH_MUTEX_INIT
# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_init (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_acquire (LOCK, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_release (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
((void)(LOCK), 0)
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
typedef pth_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME;
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
PTH_RWLOCK_INIT
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
(pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_init (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
(pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_acquire (LOCK, PTH_RWLOCK_RD, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
(pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_acquire (LOCK, PTH_RWLOCK_RW, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
(pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_release (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
((void)(LOCK), 0)
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
/* In Pth, mutexes are recursive by default. */
typedef pth_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
PTH_MUTEX_INIT
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_init (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_acquire (LOCK, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
(pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_release (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
((void)(LOCK), 0)
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef pth_once_t gl_once_t;
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pth_once_t NAME = PTH_ONCE_INIT;
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
(pth_in_use () \
? glthread_once_multithreaded (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
: (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
extern int glthread_once_multithreaded (pth_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control);
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif
/* ========================================================================= */
#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS
/* Use the old Solaris threads library. */
# include <thread.h>
# include <synch.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
# if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK
/* Use weak references to the old Solaris threads library. */
# pragma weak mutex_init
# pragma weak mutex_lock
# pragma weak mutex_unlock
# pragma weak mutex_destroy
# pragma weak rwlock_init
# pragma weak rw_rdlock
# pragma weak rw_wrlock
# pragma weak rw_unlock
# pragma weak rwlock_destroy
# pragma weak thr_self
# pragma weak thr_suspend
# define thread_in_use() (thr_suspend != NULL)
# else
# define thread_in_use() 1
# endif
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef mutex_t gl_lock_t;
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME;
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
# define gl_lock_initializer \
DEFAULTMUTEX
# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
(thread_in_use () ? mutex_init (LOCK, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) : 0)
# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
(thread_in_use () ? mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
(thread_in_use () ? mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
(thread_in_use () ? mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
typedef rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME;
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
DEFAULTRWLOCK
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
(thread_in_use () ? rwlock_init (LOCK, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
(thread_in_use () ? rw_rdlock (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
(thread_in_use () ? rw_wrlock (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
(thread_in_use () ? rw_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
(thread_in_use () ? rwlock_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
/* Old Solaris threads did not have recursive locks.
We have to implement them ourselves. */
typedef struct
{
mutex_t mutex;
thread_t owner;
unsigned long depth;
}
gl_recursive_lock_t;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
{ DEFAULTMUTEX, (thread_t) 0, 0 }
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
(thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
(thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
(thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
(thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef struct
{
volatile int inited;
mutex_t mutex;
}
gl_once_t;
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { 0, DEFAULTMUTEX };
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
(thread_in_use () \
? glthread_once_multithreaded (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
: (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
extern int glthread_once_multithreaded (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control);
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif
/* ========================================================================= */
#if USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN /* avoid including junk */
# include <windows.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
/* We can use CRITICAL_SECTION directly, rather than the native Windows Event,
Mutex, Semaphore types, because
- we need only to synchronize inside a single process (address space),
not inter-process locking,
- we don't need to support trylock operations. (TryEnterCriticalSection
does not work on Windows 95/98/ME. Packages that need trylock usually
define their own mutex type.) */
/* There is no way to statically initialize a CRITICAL_SECTION. It needs
to be done lazily, once only. For this we need spinlocks. */
typedef struct { volatile int done; volatile long started; } gl_spinlock_t;
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef struct
{
gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
}
gl_lock_t;
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME;
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
# define gl_lock_initializer \
{ { 0, -1 } }
# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
(glthread_lock_init_func (LOCK), 0)
# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
glthread_lock_lock_func (LOCK)
# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
glthread_lock_unlock_func (LOCK)
# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
glthread_lock_destroy_func (LOCK)
extern void glthread_lock_init_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_lock_lock_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_lock_unlock_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_lock_destroy_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
/* It is impossible to implement read-write locks using plain locks, without
introducing an extra thread dedicated to managing read-write locks.
Therefore here we need to use the low-level Event type. */
typedef struct
{
HANDLE *array; /* array of waiting threads, each represented by an event */
unsigned int count; /* number of waiting threads */
unsigned int alloc; /* length of allocated array */
unsigned int offset; /* index of first waiting thread in array */
}
gl_carray_waitqueue_t;
typedef struct
{
gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
CRITICAL_SECTION lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
gl_carray_waitqueue_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
gl_carray_waitqueue_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
}
gl_rwlock_t;
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
{ { 0, -1 } }
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
(glthread_rwlock_init_func (LOCK), 0)
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
glthread_rwlock_rdlock_func (LOCK)
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
glthread_rwlock_wrlock_func (LOCK)
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
glthread_rwlock_unlock_func (LOCK)
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
glthread_rwlock_destroy_func (LOCK)
extern void glthread_rwlock_init_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
/* The native Windows documentation says that CRITICAL_SECTION already
implements a recursive lock. But we need not rely on it: It's easy to
implement a recursive lock without this assumption. */
typedef struct
{
gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
DWORD owner;
unsigned long depth;
CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
}
gl_recursive_lock_t;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
{ { 0, -1 }, 0, 0 }
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
(glthread_recursive_lock_init_func (LOCK), 0)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
glthread_recursive_lock_lock_func (LOCK)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_func (LOCK)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_func (LOCK)
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef struct
{
volatile int inited;
volatile long started;
CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
}
gl_once_t;
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { -1, -1 };
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
(glthread_once_func (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION), 0)
extern void glthread_once_func (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif
/* ========================================================================= */
#if !(USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_PTH_THREADS || USE_SOLARIS_THREADS || USE_WINDOWS_THREADS)
/* Provide dummy implementation if threads are not supported. */
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef int gl_lock_t;
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
# define glthread_lock_init(NAME) 0
# define glthread_lock_lock(NAME) 0
# define glthread_lock_unlock(NAME) 0
# define glthread_lock_destroy(NAME) 0
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
typedef int gl_rwlock_t;
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
# define glthread_rwlock_init(NAME) 0
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) 0
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) 0
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(NAME) 0
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(NAME) 0
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
typedef int gl_recursive_lock_t;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(NAME) 0
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) 0
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) 0
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) 0
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef int gl_once_t;
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = 0;
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
(*(ONCE_CONTROL) == 0 ? (*(ONCE_CONTROL) = ~ 0, INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0)
#endif
/* ========================================================================= */
/* Macros with built-in error handling. */
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
#define gl_lock_init(NAME) \
do \
{ \
if (glthread_lock_init (&NAME)) \
abort (); \
} \
while (0)
#define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \
do \
{ \
if (glthread_lock_lock (&NAME)) \
abort (); \
} \
while (0)
#define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \
do \
{ \
if (glthread_lock_unlock (&NAME)) \
abort (); \
} \
while (0)
#define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \
do \
{ \
if (glthread_lock_destroy (&NAME)) \
abort (); \
} \
while (0)
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
#define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
do \
{ \
if (glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME)) \
abort (); \
} \
while (0)
#define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
do \
{ \
if (glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME)) \
abort (); \
} \
while (0)
#define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
do \
{ \
if (glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME)) \
abort (); \
} \
while (0)
#define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
do \
{ \
if (glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME)) \
abort (); \
} \
while (0)
#define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
do \
{ \
if (glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME)) \
abort (); \
} \
while (0)
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
#define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
do \
{ \
if (glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME)) \
abort (); \
} \
while (0)
#define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
do \
{ \
if (glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME)) \
abort (); \
} \
while (0)
#define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
do \
{ \
if (glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME)) \
abort (); \
} \
while (0)
#define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
do \
{ \
if (glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME)) \
abort (); \
} \
while (0)
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
#define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
do \
{ \
if (glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION)) \
abort (); \
} \
while (0)
/* ========================================================================= */
#endif /* _LOCK_H */

114
binutils/intl/log.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Log file output.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2009, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
@ -24,103 +26,79 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else
# include "lock.h"
#endif
/* Separator between msgctxt and msgid in .mo files. */
#define MSGCTXT_SEPARATOR '\004' /* EOT */
/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */
static void
print_escaped (FILE *stream, const char *str, const char *str_end)
print_escaped (stream, str)
FILE *stream;
const char *str;
{
putc ('"', stream);
for (; str != str_end; str++)
for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
if (*str == '\n')
{
fputs ("\\n\"", stream);
if (str + 1 == str_end)
return;
fputs ("\n\"", stream);
fputs ("\\n\"", stream);
if (str[1] == '\0')
return;
fputs ("\n\"", stream);
}
else
{
if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\')
putc ('\\', stream);
putc (*str, stream);
if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\')
putc ('\\', stream);
putc (*str, stream);
}
putc ('"', stream);
}
static char *last_logfilename = NULL;
static FILE *last_logfile = NULL;
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
static inline void
_nl_log_untranslated_locked (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural)
/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */
void
_nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural)
const char *logfilename;
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
int plural;
{
static char *last_logfilename = NULL;
static FILE *last_logfile = NULL;
FILE *logfile;
const char *separator;
/* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */
if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0)
{
/* Close the last used logfile. */
if (last_logfilename != NULL)
{
if (last_logfile != NULL)
{
fclose (last_logfile);
last_logfile = NULL;
}
free (last_logfilename);
last_logfilename = NULL;
}
{
if (last_logfile != NULL)
{
fclose (last_logfile);
last_logfile = NULL;
}
free (last_logfilename);
last_logfilename = NULL;
}
/* Open the logfile. */
last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1);
if (last_logfilename == NULL)
return;
return;
strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename);
last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a");
if (last_logfile == NULL)
return;
return;
}
logfile = last_logfile;
fprintf (logfile, "domain ");
print_escaped (logfile, domainname, domainname + strlen (domainname));
separator = strchr (msgid1, MSGCTXT_SEPARATOR);
if (separator != NULL)
{
/* The part before the MSGCTXT_SEPARATOR is the msgctxt. */
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgctxt ");
print_escaped (logfile, msgid1, separator);
msgid1 = separator + 1;
}
print_escaped (logfile, domainname);
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid ");
print_escaped (logfile, msgid1, msgid1 + strlen (msgid1));
print_escaped (logfile, msgid1);
if (plural)
{
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural ");
print_escaped (logfile, msgid2, msgid2 + strlen (msgid2));
print_escaped (logfile, msgid2);
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n");
}
else
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n");
putc ('\n', logfile);
}
/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */
void
_nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural)
{
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
_nl_log_untranslated_locked (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural);
__libc_lock_unlock (lock);
}

25
binutils/intl/ngettext.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -52,7 +54,10 @@
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
char *
NGETTEXT (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
}

96
binutils/intl/os2compat.c
View File

@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
/* OS/2 compatibility functions.
Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#define OS2_AWARE
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */
extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue);
char *
_nl_getenv (const char *name)
{
unsigned char *value;
if (DosScanEnv (name, &value))
return NULL;
else
return value;
}
/* A fixed size buffer. */
char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1];
char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL;
char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL;
char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL;
static __attribute__((constructor)) void
nlos2_initialize ()
{
char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR");
_nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir;
if (!_nlos2_libdir)
{
if (root)
{
size_t sl = strlen (root);
_nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl);
memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
}
else
_nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR;
}
_nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir;
if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath)
{
if (root)
{
size_t sl = strlen (root);
_nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl);
memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
}
else
_nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
}
_nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir;
if (!_nlos2_localedir)
{
if (root)
{
size_t sl = strlen (root);
_nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl);
memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
}
else
_nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR;
}
if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN)
strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir);
}

44
binutils/intl/os2compat.h
View File

@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
/* OS/2 compatibility defines.
This file is intended to be included from config.h
Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */
#ifndef OS2_AWARE
#undef LIBDIR
#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir
extern char *_nlos2_libdir;
#undef LOCALEDIR
#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir
extern char *_nlos2_localedir;
#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH
#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath
extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath;
#endif
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
#define strcasecmp stricmp
#define strncasecmp strnicmp
/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */
#define getenv _nl_getenv
/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */
#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1)

24
binutils/intl/osdep.c
View File

@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
/* OS dependent parts of libintl.
Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2006, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#if defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
# include "intl-exports.c"
#elif defined __EMX__ && !defined __KLIBC__
#if defined __EMX__
# include "os2compat.c"
#else
/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */

34
binutils/intl/plural-exp.c
View File

@ -1,19 +1,21 @@
/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
Copyright (C) 2000-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -25,7 +27,8 @@
#include "plural-exp.h"
#if HAVE_STRUCT_INITIALIZER
#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
|| (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
@ -43,7 +46,7 @@ static const struct expression plone =
.num = 1
}
};
const struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
{
.nargs = 2,
.operation = not_equal,
@ -69,7 +72,7 @@ static struct expression plone;
struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
static void
init_germanic_plural (void)
init_germanic_plural ()
{
if (plone.val.num == 0)
{
@ -93,9 +96,10 @@ init_germanic_plural (void)
void
internal_function
EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry,
const struct expression **pluralp,
unsigned long int *npluralsp)
EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, pluralp, npluralsp)
const char *nullentry;
struct expression **pluralp;
unsigned long int *npluralsp;
{
if (nullentry != NULL)
{

187
binutils/intl/printf-args.c
View File

@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2007, 2015-2016 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be defined.
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
# include "printf-args.h"
#endif
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#endif
int
PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a)
{
size_t i;
argument *ap;
for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++)
switch (ap->type)
{
case TYPE_SCHAR:
ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_UCHAR:
ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_SHORT:
ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_USHORT:
ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_INT:
ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int);
break;
case TYPE_UINT:
ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int);
break;
case TYPE_LONGINT:
ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int);
break;
case TYPE_ULONGINT:
ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int);
break;
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int);
break;
case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int);
break;
#endif
case TYPE_DOUBLE:
ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double);
break;
case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double);
break;
case TYPE_CHAR:
ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int);
break;
#if HAVE_WINT_T
case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
/* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by
default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32,
where wint_t is 'unsigned short'. */
ap->a.a_wide_char =
(sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int)
? va_arg (args, int)
: va_arg (args, wint_t));
break;
#endif
case TYPE_STRING:
ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_string == NULL)
ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)";
break;
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL)
{
static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] =
{
(wchar_t)'(',
(wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L',
(wchar_t)')',
(wchar_t)0
};
ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string;
}
break;
#endif
case TYPE_POINTER:
ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *);
break;
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *);
break;
#endif
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
/* The unistdio extensions. */
case TYPE_U8_STRING:
ap->a.a_u8_string = va_arg (args, const uint8_t *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%U", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_u8_string == NULL)
{
static const uint8_t u8_null_string[] =
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
ap->a.a_u8_string = u8_null_string;
}
break;
case TYPE_U16_STRING:
ap->a.a_u16_string = va_arg (args, const uint16_t *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%lU", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_u16_string == NULL)
{
static const uint16_t u16_null_string[] =
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
ap->a.a_u16_string = u16_null_string;
}
break;
case TYPE_U32_STRING:
ap->a.a_u32_string = va_arg (args, const uint32_t *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%llU", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_u32_string == NULL)
{
static const uint32_t u32_null_string[] =
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
ap->a.a_u32_string = u32_null_string;
}
break;
#endif
default:
/* Unknown type. */
return -1;
}
return 0;
}

158
binutils/intl/printf-args.h
View File

@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006-2007, 2011, 2015-2016 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H
#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be declared.
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
/* Default parameters. */
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
# define PRINTF_FETCHARGS printf_fetchargs
#endif
/* Get size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get wchar_t. */
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
/* Get wint_t. */
#if HAVE_WINT_T
# include <wchar.h>
#endif
/* Get va_list. */
#include <stdarg.h>
/* Argument types */
typedef enum
{
TYPE_NONE,
TYPE_SCHAR,
TYPE_UCHAR,
TYPE_SHORT,
TYPE_USHORT,
TYPE_INT,
TYPE_UINT,
TYPE_LONGINT,
TYPE_ULONGINT,
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
TYPE_LONGLONGINT,
TYPE_ULONGLONGINT,
#endif
TYPE_DOUBLE,
TYPE_LONGDOUBLE,
TYPE_CHAR,
#if HAVE_WINT_T
TYPE_WIDE_CHAR,
#endif
TYPE_STRING,
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
TYPE_WIDE_STRING,
#endif
TYPE_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER
#endif
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
/* The unistdio extensions. */
, TYPE_U8_STRING
, TYPE_U16_STRING
, TYPE_U32_STRING
#endif
} arg_type;
/* Polymorphic argument */
typedef struct
{
arg_type type;
union
{
signed char a_schar;
unsigned char a_uchar;
short a_short;
unsigned short a_ushort;
int a_int;
unsigned int a_uint;
long int a_longint;
unsigned long int a_ulongint;
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
long long int a_longlongint;
unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint;
#endif
float a_float;
double a_double;
long double a_longdouble;
int a_char;
#if HAVE_WINT_T
wint_t a_wide_char;
#endif
const char* a_string;
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
const wchar_t* a_wide_string;
#endif
void* a_pointer;
signed char * a_count_schar_pointer;
short * a_count_short_pointer;
int * a_count_int_pointer;
long int * a_count_longint_pointer;
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer;
#endif
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
/* The unistdio extensions. */
const uint8_t * a_u8_string;
const uint16_t * a_u16_string;
const uint32_t * a_u32_string;
#endif
}
a;
}
argument;
/* Number of directly allocated arguments (no malloc() needed). */
#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS 7
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
argument *arg;
argument direct_alloc_arg[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS];
}
arguments;
/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#else
extern
#endif
int PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a);
#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */

639
binutils/intl/printf-parse.c
View File

@ -1,639 +0,0 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006-2008, 2011, 2015-2016 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
CHAR_T The element type of the format string.
CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters
in the format string are ASCII.
DIRECTIVE Structure denoting a format directive.
Depends on CHAR_T.
DIRECTIVES Structure denoting the set of format directives of a
format string. Depends on CHAR_T.
PRINTF_PARSE Function that parses a format string.
Depends on CHAR_T.
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static.
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions. */
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
# include "printf-parse.h"
#endif
/* Default parameters. */
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
# define CHAR_T char
# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
#endif
/* Get size_t, NULL. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get intmax_t. */
#if defined IN_LIBINTL || defined IN_LIBASPRINTF
# if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
# include <stdint.h>
# endif
# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
# include <inttypes.h>
# endif
#else
# include <stdint.h>
#endif
/* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* memcpy(). */
#include <string.h>
/* errno. */
#include <errno.h>
/* Checked size_t computations. */
#include "xsize.h"
#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
/* c_isascii(). */
# include "c-ctype.h"
#endif
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#endif
int
PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
{
const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */
size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */
size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */
size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */
size_t max_width_length = 0;
size_t max_precision_length = 0;
d->count = 0;
d_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES;
d->dir = d->direct_alloc_dir;
a->count = 0;
a_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS;
a->arg = a->direct_alloc_arg;
#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
{ \
size_t n = (_index_); \
if (n >= a_allocated) \
{ \
size_t memory_size; \
argument *memory; \
\
a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \
if (a_allocated <= n) \
a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \
memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \
goto out_of_memory; \
memory = (argument *) (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg \
? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \
: malloc (memory_size)); \
if (memory == NULL) \
/* Out of memory. */ \
goto out_of_memory; \
if (a->arg == a->direct_alloc_arg) \
memcpy (memory, a->arg, a->count * sizeof (argument)); \
a->arg = memory; \
} \
while (a->count <= n) \
a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \
if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \
a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \
else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \
/* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \
goto error; \
}
while (*cp != '\0')
{
CHAR_T c = *cp++;
if (c == '%')
{
size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count]; /* pointer to next directive */
/* Initialize the next directive. */
dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
dp->flags = 0;
dp->width_start = NULL;
dp->width_end = NULL;
dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
dp->precision_start = NULL;
dp->precision_end = NULL;
dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
/* Test for positional argument. */
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
const CHAR_T *np;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
;
if (*np == '$')
{
size_t n = 0;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
if (n == 0)
/* Positional argument 0. */
goto error;
if (size_overflow_p (n))
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
goto error;
arg_index = n - 1;
cp = np + 1;
}
}
/* Read the flags. */
for (;;)
{
if (*cp == '\'')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '-')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '+')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == ' ')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '#')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '0')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
cp++;
}
#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
else if (*cp == 'I')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_LOCALIZED;
cp++;
}
#endif
else
break;
}
/* Parse the field width. */
if (*cp == '*')
{
dp->width_start = cp;
cp++;
dp->width_end = cp;
if (max_width_length < 1)
max_width_length = 1;
/* Test for positional argument. */
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
const CHAR_T *np;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
;
if (*np == '$')
{
size_t n = 0;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
if (n == 0)
/* Positional argument 0. */
goto error;
if (size_overflow_p (n))
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
goto error;
dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
cp = np + 1;
}
}
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
{
dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
goto error;
}
REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
}
else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
size_t width_length;
dp->width_start = cp;
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
;
dp->width_end = cp;
width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
if (max_width_length < width_length)
max_width_length = width_length;
}
/* Parse the precision. */
if (*cp == '.')
{
cp++;
if (*cp == '*')
{
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
cp++;
dp->precision_end = cp;
if (max_precision_length < 2)
max_precision_length = 2;
/* Test for positional argument. */
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
const CHAR_T *np;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
;
if (*np == '$')
{
size_t n = 0;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
if (n == 0)
/* Positional argument 0. */
goto error;
if (size_overflow_p (n))
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory
later. */
goto error;
dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
cp = np + 1;
}
}
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
{
dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
goto error;
}
REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
}
else
{
size_t precision_length;
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
;
dp->precision_end = cp;
precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
max_precision_length = precision_length;
}
}
{
arg_type type;
/* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */
{
int flags = 0;
for (;;)
{
if (*cp == 'h')
{
flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'L')
{
flags |= 4;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'l')
{
flags += 8;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'j')
{
if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
{
/* intmax_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
{
/* intmax_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
{
/* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */
if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
{
/* size_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
{
/* size_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 't')
{
if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
{
/* ptrdiff_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
{
/* ptrdiff_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
/* On MacOS X 10.3, PRIdMAX is defined as "qd".
We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
be understood by the system's printf routines. */
else if (*cp == 'q')
{
if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
{
/* int64_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else
{
/* int64_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
#endif
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* On native Win32, PRIdMAX is defined as "I64d".
We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
be understood by the system's printf routines. */
else if (*cp == 'I' && cp[1] == '6' && cp[2] == '4')
{
if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
{
/* __int64 = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else
{
/* __int64 = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp += 3;
}
#endif
else
break;
}
/* Read the conversion character. */
c = *cp++;
switch (c)
{
case 'd': case 'i':
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
else
#endif
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
"lld" into TYPE_LONGINT. */
if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_LONGINT;
else if (flags & 2)
type = TYPE_SCHAR;
else if (flags & 1)
type = TYPE_SHORT;
else
type = TYPE_INT;
break;
case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
else
#endif
/* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as
'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT. */
if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
else if (flags & 2)
type = TYPE_UCHAR;
else if (flags & 1)
type = TYPE_USHORT;
else
type = TYPE_UINT;
break;
case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
case 'a': case 'A':
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
else
type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
break;
case 'c':
if (flags >= 8)
#if HAVE_WINT_T
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
#else
goto error;
#endif
else
type = TYPE_CHAR;
break;
#if HAVE_WINT_T
case 'C':
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
c = 'c';
break;
#endif
case 's':
if (flags >= 8)
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
#else
goto error;
#endif
else
type = TYPE_STRING;
break;
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
case 'S':
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
c = 's';
break;
#endif
case 'p':
type = TYPE_POINTER;
break;
case 'n':
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
else
#endif
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
"lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER. */
if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
else if (flags & 2)
type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
else if (flags & 1)
type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
else
type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
break;
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
/* The unistdio extensions. */
case 'U':
if (flags >= 16)
type = TYPE_U32_STRING;
else if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_U16_STRING;
else
type = TYPE_U8_STRING;
break;
#endif
case '%':
type = TYPE_NONE;
break;
default:
/* Unknown conversion character. */
goto error;
}
}
if (type != TYPE_NONE)
{
dp->arg_index = arg_index;
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
{
dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
goto error;
}
REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
}
dp->conversion = c;
dp->dir_end = cp;
}
d->count++;
if (d->count >= d_allocated)
{
size_t memory_size;
DIRECTIVE *memory;
d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2);
memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */
goto out_of_memory;
memory = (DIRECTIVE *) (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir
? realloc (d->dir, memory_size)
: malloc (memory_size));
if (memory == NULL)
/* Out of memory. */
goto out_of_memory;
if (d->dir == d->direct_alloc_dir)
memcpy (memory, d->dir, d->count * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
d->dir = memory;
}
}
#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
else if (!c_isascii (c))
{
/* Non-ASCII character. Not supported. */
goto error;
}
#endif
}
d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
return 0;
error:
if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg)
free (a->arg);
if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir)
free (d->dir);
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
out_of_memory:
if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg)
free (a->arg);
if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir)
free (d->dir);
errno = ENOMEM;
return -1;
}
#undef PRINTF_PARSE
#undef DIRECTIVES
#undef DIRECTIVE
#undef CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
#undef CHAR_T

85
binutils/intl/printf-parse.h
View File

@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
/* Parse printf format string.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005, 2007, 2010-2011, 2015-2016 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H
#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H
#if HAVE_FEATURES_H
# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__, __UCLIBC__ */
#endif
#include "printf-args.h"
/* Flags */
#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
#define FLAG_ZERO 32
#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
# define FLAG_LOCALIZED 64 /* I flag, uses localized digits */
#endif
/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
/* Number of directly allocated directives (no malloc() needed). */
#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES 7
/* A parsed directive. */
typedef struct
{
const char* dir_start;
const char* dir_end;
int flags;
const char* width_start;
const char* width_end;
size_t width_arg_index;
const char* precision_start;
const char* precision_end;
size_t precision_arg_index;
char conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
size_t arg_index;
}
char_directive;
/* A parsed format string. */
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
char_directive *dir;
size_t max_width_length;
size_t max_precision_length;
char_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
}
char_directives;
/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#else
extern
#endif
int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */

438
binutils/intl/printf.c
View File

@ -1,438 +0,0 @@
/* Formatted output to strings, using POSIX/XSI format strings with positions.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2007, 2009-2011, 2015-2016 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#else
# ifdef _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# else
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
# include <alloca.h>
# else
# ifdef _AIX
#pragma alloca
# else
# ifndef alloca
char *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#if !HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW. */
#ifndef EOVERFLOW
# define EOVERFLOW E2BIG
#endif
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
# define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
#else
# define DLL_EXPORTED
#endif
#define STATIC static
/* This needs to be consistent with libgnuintl.in.h. */
#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __BEOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
mingw does not have a function __printf__. */
# define libintl_printf __printf__
#endif
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-args.h". */
#include "printf-args.c"
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-parse.h". */
#include "printf-parse.c"
/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
#define vasnprintf libintl_vasnprintf
#include "vasnprintf.c"
#if 0 /* not needed */
#define asnprintf libintl_asnprintf
#include "asnprintf.c"
#endif
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vfprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args)
{
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
return vfprintf (stream, format, args);
else
{
size_t length;
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
int retval = -1;
if (result != NULL)
{
size_t written = fwrite (result, 1, length, stream);
free (result);
if (written == length)
{
if (length > INT_MAX)
errno = EOVERFLOW;
else
retval = length;
}
}
return retval;
}
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_fprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vfprintf (stream, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
{
return libintl_vfprintf (stdout, format, args);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_printf (const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vprintf (format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vsprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, va_list args)
{
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
return vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
else
{
size_t length = (size_t) ~0 / (4 * sizeof (char));
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
if (result != resultbuf)
{
free (result);
return -1;
}
if (length > INT_MAX)
{
errno = EOVERFLOW;
return -1;
}
else
return length;
}
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_sprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
#if HAVE_SNPRINTF
# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
/* Windows. The mingw function vsnprintf() has fewer bugs than the MSVCRT
function _vsnprintf(), so prefer that. */
# if defined __MINGW32__
# define system_vsnprintf vsnprintf
# else
# define system_vsnprintf _vsnprintf
# endif
# else
/* Unix. */
# define system_vsnprintf vsnprintf
# endif
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vsnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args)
{
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
return system_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
else
{
size_t maxlength = length;
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
if (result == NULL)
return -1;
if (result != resultbuf)
{
if (maxlength > 0)
{
size_t pruned_length =
(length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1);
memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length);
resultbuf[pruned_length] = '\0';
}
free (result);
}
if (length > INT_MAX)
{
errno = EOVERFLOW;
return -1;
}
else
return length;
}
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_snprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
#endif
#if HAVE_ASPRINTF
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args)
{
size_t length;
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
if (result == NULL)
return -1;
if (length > INT_MAX)
{
free (result);
errno = EOVERFLOW;
return -1;
}
*resultp = result;
return length;
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
#endif
#if HAVE_FWPRINTF
#include <wchar.h>
#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
#include "wprintf-parse.h"
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "wprintf-parse.h". */
#define CHAR_T wchar_t
#define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
#define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
#define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
#include "printf-parse.c"
/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
#define vasnwprintf libintl_vasnwprintf
#include "vasnprintf.c"
#if 0 /* not needed */
#define asnwprintf libintl_asnwprintf
#include "asnprintf.c"
#endif
# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
/* Windows. The function vswprintf() has a different signature than
on Unix; we use the function _vsnwprintf() instead. */
# define system_vswprintf _vsnwprintf
# else
/* Unix. */
# define system_vswprintf vswprintf
# endif
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vfwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
{
if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
return vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
else
{
size_t length;
wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
int retval = -1;
if (result != NULL)
{
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
if (fputwc (result[i], stream) == WEOF)
break;
free (result);
if (i == length)
{
if (length > INT_MAX)
errno = EOVERFLOW;
else
retval = length;
}
}
return retval;
}
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_fwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vwprintf (const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
{
return libintl_vfwprintf (stdout, format, args);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_wprintf (const wchar_t *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vwprintf (format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vswprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
{
if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
return system_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
else
{
size_t maxlength = length;
wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
if (result == NULL)
return -1;
if (result != resultbuf)
{
if (maxlength > 0)
{
size_t pruned_length =
(length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1);
memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length * sizeof (wchar_t));
resultbuf[pruned_length] = 0;
}
free (result);
/* Unlike vsnprintf, which has to return the number of character that
would have been produced if the resultbuf had been sufficiently
large, the vswprintf function has to return a negative value if
the resultbuf was not sufficiently large. */
if (length >= maxlength)
return -1;
}
if (length > INT_MAX)
{
errno = EOVERFLOW;
return -1;
}
else
return length;
}
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_swprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
#endif
#endif

29
binutils/intl/ref-add.sin
View File

@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
#
/^# Packages using this file: / {
s/# Packages using this file://
ta
:a
s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
tb
s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
:b
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
}

24
binutils/intl/ref-del.sin
View File

@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
#
/^# Packages using this file: / {
s/# Packages using this file://
s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
}

406
binutils/intl/relocatable.c
View File

@ -1,30 +1,33 @@
/* Provide relocatable packages.
Copyright (C) 2003-2006, 2008-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
#include <config.h>
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include "config.h"
#endif
/* Specification. */
#include "relocatable.h"
@ -39,20 +42,7 @@
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
# define xmalloc malloc
#else
# include "xalloc.h"
#endif
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
#endif
#ifdef __EMX__
# define INCL_DOS
# include <os2.h>
# define strcmp stricmp
# define strncmp strnicmp
# include "xmalloc.h"
#endif
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
@ -77,33 +67,20 @@
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
*/
#if ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__) || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Native Windows, OS/2, DOS */
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
&& (P)[1] == ':')
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
(strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
#else
/* Unix */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
#endif
/* Whether to enable the more costly support for relocatable libraries.
It allows libraries to be have been installed with a different original
prefix than the program. But it is quite costly, especially on Cygwin
platforms, see below. Therefore we enable it by default only on native
Windows platforms. */
#ifndef ENABLE_COSTLY_RELOCATABLE
# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__
# define ENABLE_COSTLY_RELOCATABLE 1
# else
# define ENABLE_COSTLY_RELOCATABLE 0
# endif
# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
#endif
/* Original installation prefix. */
@ -122,11 +99,11 @@ static size_t curr_prefix_len;
instead of "/"). */
static void
set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg,
const char *curr_prefix_arg)
const char *curr_prefix_arg)
{
if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL
/* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the
relocation is a nop. */
relocation is a nop. */
&& strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0)
{
/* Duplicate the argument strings. */
@ -138,14 +115,14 @@ set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg,
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
if (memory != NULL)
#endif
{
memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1);
orig_prefix = memory;
memory += orig_prefix_len + 1;
memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1);
curr_prefix = memory;
return;
}
{
memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1);
orig_prefix = memory;
memory += orig_prefix_len + 1;
memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1);
curr_prefix = memory;
return;
}
}
orig_prefix = NULL;
curr_prefix = NULL;
@ -175,23 +152,20 @@ set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg)
#endif
}
#if !defined IN_LIBRARY || (defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR && ENABLE_COSTLY_RELOCATABLE)
/* Convenience function:
Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
file, and the current pathname of this file.
Returns it, freshly allocated. Returns NULL upon failure. */
file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
#ifdef IN_LIBRARY
#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix
static
#endif
char *
const char *
compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
const char *orig_installdir,
const char *curr_pathname)
const char *orig_installdir,
const char *curr_pathname)
{
char *curr_installdir;
const char *curr_installdir;
const char *rel_installdir;
if (curr_pathname == NULL)
@ -208,15 +182,15 @@ compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
/* Determine the current installation directory. */
{
const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname);
const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname);
const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname);
char *q;
while (p > p_base)
{
p--;
if (ISSLASH (*p))
break;
p--;
if (ISSLASH (*p))
break;
}
q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1);
@ -235,51 +209,45 @@ compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir);
const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir);
const char *cp_base =
curr_installdir + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir);
curr_installdir + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir);
while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base)
{
bool same = false;
const char *rpi = rp;
const char *cpi = cp;
bool same = false;
const char *rpi = rp;
const char *cpi = cp;
while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base)
{
rpi--;
cpi--;
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi))
{
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi))
same = true;
break;
}
/* Do case-insensitive comparison if the file system is always or
often case-insensitive. It's better to accept the comparison
if the difference is only in case, rather than to fail. */
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Native Windows, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant file system */
if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi)
!= (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi))
break;
while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base)
{
rpi--;
cpi--;
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi))
{
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi))
same = true;
break;
}
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */
if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi)
!= (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi))
break;
#else
if (*rpi != *cpi)
break;
if (*rpi != *cpi)
break;
#endif
}
if (!same)
break;
/* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point
to the slash before it. */
rp = rpi;
cp = cpi;
}
if (!same)
break;
/* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point
to the slash before it. */
rp = rpi;
cp = cpi;
}
if (rp > rel_installdir)
{
/* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */
free (curr_installdir);
return NULL;
}
/* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */
return NULL;
{
size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir;
@ -288,34 +256,22 @@ compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1);
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
if (curr_prefix == NULL)
{
free (curr_installdir);
return NULL;
}
return NULL;
#endif
memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len);
curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0';
free (curr_installdir);
return curr_prefix;
}
}
}
#endif /* !IN_LIBRARY || PIC */
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR && ENABLE_COSTLY_RELOCATABLE
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */
static char *shared_library_fullname;
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__
/* Native Windows only.
On Cygwin, it is better to use the Cygwin provided /proc interface, than
to use native Windows API and cygwin_conv_to_posix_path, because it
supports longer file names
(see <http://cygwin.com/ml/cygwin/2011-01/msg00410.html>). */
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */
@ -330,12 +286,12 @@ DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved)
static char location[MAX_PATH];
if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location)))
/* Shouldn't happen. */
return FALSE;
/* Shouldn't happen. */
return FALSE;
if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location))
/* Shouldn't happen. */
return FALSE;
/* Shouldn't happen. */
return FALSE;
shared_library_fullname = strdup (location);
}
@ -343,56 +299,12 @@ DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved)
return TRUE;
}
#elif defined __EMX__
extern int _CRT_init (void);
extern void _CRT_term (void);
extern void __ctordtorInit (void);
extern void __ctordtorTerm (void);
unsigned long _System
_DLL_InitTerm (unsigned long hModule, unsigned long ulFlag)
{
static char location[CCHMAXPATH];
switch (ulFlag)
{
case 0:
if (_CRT_init () == -1)
return 0;
__ctordtorInit();
/* See http://cyberkinetica.homeunix.net/os2tk45/cp1/1247_L2H_DosQueryModuleNameSy.html
for specification of DosQueryModuleName(). */
if (DosQueryModuleName (hModule, sizeof (location), location))
return 0;
_fnslashify (location);
shared_library_fullname = strdup (location);
break;
case 1:
__ctordtorTerm();
_CRT_term ();
break;
}
return 1;
}
#else /* Unix */
static void
find_shared_library_fullname ()
{
#if (defined __linux__ && (__GLIBC__ >= 2 || defined __UCLIBC__)) || defined __CYGWIN__
/* Linux has /proc/self/maps. glibc 2 and uClibc have the getline()
function.
Cygwin >= 1.5 has /proc/self/maps and the getline() function too.
But it is costly: ca. 0.3 ms on Linux, 3 ms on Cygwin 1.5, and 5 ms on
Cygwin 1.7. */
#ifdef __linux__
FILE *fp;
/* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */
@ -401,52 +313,51 @@ find_shared_library_fullname ()
{
unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname;
for (;;)
{
unsigned long start, end;
int c;
{
unsigned long start, end;
int c;
if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2)
break;
if (address >= start && address <= end - 1)
{
/* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/')
continue;
if (c == '/')
{
size_t size;
int len;
if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2)
break;
if (address >= start && address <= end - 1)
{
/* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/')
continue;
if (c == '/')
{
size_t size;
int len;
ungetc (c, fp);
shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0;
len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp);
if (len >= 0)
{
/* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */
if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n')
shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0';
}
}
break;
}
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n')
continue;
}
ungetc (c, fp);
shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0;
len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp);
if (len >= 0)
{
/* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */
if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n')
shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0';
}
}
break;
}
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n')
continue;
}
fclose (fp);
}
#endif
}
#endif /* Native Windows / EMX / Unix */
#endif /* WIN32 / Unix */
/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library.
Return NULL if unknown.
Guaranteed to work only on Linux, EMX, Cygwin, and native Windows. */
Guaranteed to work only on Linux and Woe32. */
static char *
get_shared_library_fullname ()
{
#if (!((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__) \
&& !defined __EMX__)
#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__)
static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname;
if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname)
{
@ -460,104 +371,67 @@ get_shared_library_fullname ()
#endif /* PIC */
/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
directory.
The returned string is either PATHNAME unmodified or a freshly allocated
string that you can free with free() after casting it to 'char *'. */
directory. */
const char *
relocate (const char *pathname)
{
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR && ENABLE_COSTLY_RELOCATABLE
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
static int initialized;
/* Initialization code for a shared library. */
if (!initialized)
{
/* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been
set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir
function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has
initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do
better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed
in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later)
to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from
orig_prefix. */
set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir
function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has
initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do
better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed
in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later)
to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from
orig_prefix. */
const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX;
const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR;
char *curr_prefix_better;
const char *curr_prefix_better;
curr_prefix_better =
compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir,
get_shared_library_fullname ());
compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir,
get_shared_library_fullname ());
if (curr_prefix_better == NULL)
curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix;
set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix,
curr_prefix_better != NULL
? curr_prefix_better
: curr_prefix);
if (curr_prefix_better != NULL)
free (curr_prefix_better);
set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better);
initialized = 1;
}
#endif
/* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here,
even for DOS-like file systems, because the pathname argument was
even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was
typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came
from. */
if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL
&& strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0)
{
if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0')
{
/* pathname equals orig_prefix. */
char *result = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (curr_prefix) + 1);
/* pathname equals orig_prefix. */
return curr_prefix;
if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len]))
{
/* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */
const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len];
char *result =
(char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1);
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
if (result != NULL)
if (result != NULL)
#endif
{
strcpy (result, curr_prefix);
return result;
}
}
else if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len]))
{
/* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */
const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len];
char *result =
(char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1);
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
if (result != NULL)
#endif
{
memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len);
strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail);
return result;
}
}
{
memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len);
strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail);
return result;
}
}
}
#ifdef __EMX__
if (pathname && ISSLASH (pathname[0]))
{
const char *unixroot = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
if (unixroot && HAS_DEVICE (unixroot) && !unixroot[2])
{
char *result = (char *) xmalloc (2 + strlen (pathname) + 1);
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
if (result != NULL)
#endif
{
strcpy (result, unixroot);
strcpy (result + 2, pathname);
return result;
}
}
}
#endif
/* Nothing to relocate. */
return pathname;
}

56
binutils/intl/relocatable.h
View File

@ -1,37 +1,32 @@
/* Provide relocatable packages.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H
#define _RELOCATABLE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport)
in any case. */
#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
#else
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED
@ -44,27 +39,23 @@ extern "C" {
instead of "/"). */
extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void
set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
const char *curr_prefix);
const char *curr_prefix);
/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
directory.
The returned string is either PATHNAME unmodified or a freshly allocated
string that you can free with free() after casting it to 'char *'. */
directory. */
extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname);
/* Memory management: relocate() potentially allocates memory, because it has
to construct a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program
calls relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. Or free the
return value if it was different from the argument pathname. */
/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct
a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls
relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */
/* Convenience function:
Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
file, and the current pathname of this file.
Returns it, freshly allocated. Returns NULL upon failure. */
extern char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
const char *orig_installdir,
const char *curr_pathname);
file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
const char *orig_installdir,
const char *curr_pathname);
#else
@ -73,9 +64,4 @@ extern char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */

1070
binutils/intl/setlocale.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

55
binutils/intl/textdomain.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -21,25 +23,39 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
#else
# include "lock.h"
/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
#endif
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Name of the default text domain. */
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
@ -55,13 +71,14 @@
#endif
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
char *
TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname)
TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
const char *domainname;
{
char *new_domain;
char *old_domain;
@ -70,7 +87,7 @@ TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname)
if (domainname == NULL)
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
__libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
@ -114,7 +131,7 @@ TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname)
free (old_domain);
}
gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
__libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
return new_domain;
}

73
binutils/intl/threadlib.c
View File

@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
/* Multithreading primitives.
Copyright (C) 2005-2009, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005. */
#include <config.h>
/* ========================================================================= */
#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
/* Use the POSIX threads library. */
# include <pthread.h>
# include <stdlib.h>
# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
/* The function to be executed by a dummy thread. */
static void *
dummy_thread_func (void *arg)
{
return arg;
}
int
glthread_in_use (void)
{
static int tested;
static int result; /* 1: linked with -lpthread, 0: only with libc */
if (!tested)
{
pthread_t thread;
if (pthread_create (&thread, NULL, dummy_thread_func, NULL) != 0)
/* Thread creation failed. */
result = 0;
else
{
/* Thread creation works. */
void *retval;
if (pthread_join (thread, &retval) != 0)
abort ();
result = 1;
}
tested = 1;
}
return result;
}
# endif
#endif
/* ========================================================================= */
/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
this file is never empty. */
typedef int dummy;

683
binutils/intl/tsearch.c
View File

@ -1,683 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2006, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
Contributed by Bernd Schmidt <crux@Pool.Informatik.RWTH-Aachen.DE>, 1997.
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Tree search for red/black trees.
The algorithm for adding nodes is taken from one of the many "Algorithms"
books by Robert Sedgewick, although the implementation differs.
The algorithm for deleting nodes can probably be found in a book named
"Introduction to Algorithms" by Cormen/Leiserson/Rivest. At least that's
the book that my professor took most algorithms from during the "Data
Structures" course...
Totally public domain. */
/* Red/black trees are binary trees in which the edges are colored either red
or black. They have the following properties:
1. The number of black edges on every path from the root to a leaf is
constant.
2. No two red edges are adjacent.
Therefore there is an upper bound on the length of every path, it's
O(log n) where n is the number of nodes in the tree. No path can be longer
than 1+2*P where P is the length of the shortest path in the tree.
Useful for the implementation:
3. If one of the children of a node is NULL, then the other one is red
(if it exists).
In the implementation, not the edges are colored, but the nodes. The color
interpreted as the color of the edge leading to this node. The color is
meaningless for the root node, but we color the root node black for
convenience. All added nodes are red initially.
Adding to a red/black tree is rather easy. The right place is searched
with a usual binary tree search. Additionally, whenever a node N is
reached that has two red successors, the successors are colored black and
the node itself colored red. This moves red edges up the tree where they
pose less of a problem once we get to really insert the new node. Changing
N's color to red may violate rule 2, however, so rotations may become
necessary to restore the invariants. Adding a new red leaf may violate
the same rule, so afterwards an additional check is run and the tree
possibly rotated.
Deleting is hairy. There are mainly two nodes involved: the node to be
deleted (n1), and another node that is to be unchained from the tree (n2).
If n1 has a successor (the node with a smallest key that is larger than
n1), then the successor becomes n2 and its contents are copied into n1,
otherwise n1 becomes n2.
Unchaining a node may violate rule 1: if n2 is black, one subtree is
missing one black edge afterwards. The algorithm must try to move this
error upwards towards the root, so that the subtree that does not have
enough black edges becomes the whole tree. Once that happens, the error
has disappeared. It may not be necessary to go all the way up, since it
is possible that rotations and recoloring can fix the error before that.
Although the deletion algorithm must walk upwards through the tree, we
do not store parent pointers in the nodes. Instead, delete allocates a
small array of parent pointers and fills it while descending the tree.
Since we know that the length of a path is O(log n), where n is the number
of nodes, this is likely to use less memory. */
/* Tree rotations look like this:
A C
/ \ / \
B C A G
/ \ / \ --> / \
D E F G B F
/ \
D E
In this case, A has been rotated left. This preserves the ordering of the
binary tree. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#ifdef IN_LIBINTL
# include "tsearch.h"
#else
# include <search.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
typedef int (*__compar_fn_t) (const void *, const void *);
typedef void (*__action_fn_t) (const void *, VISIT, int);
#ifndef weak_alias
# define __tsearch tsearch
# define __tfind tfind
# define __tdelete tdelete
# define __twalk twalk
#endif
#ifndef internal_function
/* Inside GNU libc we mark some function in a special way. In other
environments simply ignore the marking. */
# define internal_function
#endif
typedef struct node_t
{
/* Callers expect this to be the first element in the structure - do not
move! */
const void *key;
struct node_t *left;
struct node_t *right;
unsigned int red:1;
} *node;
typedef const struct node_t *const_node;
#undef DEBUGGING
#ifdef DEBUGGING
/* Routines to check tree invariants. */
#include <assert.h>
#define CHECK_TREE(a) check_tree(a)
static void
check_tree_recurse (node p, int d_sofar, int d_total)
{
if (p == NULL)
{
assert (d_sofar == d_total);
return;
}
check_tree_recurse (p->left, d_sofar + (p->left && !p->left->red), d_total);
check_tree_recurse (p->right, d_sofar + (p->right && !p->right->red), d_total);
if (p->left)
assert (!(p->left->red && p->red));
if (p->right)
assert (!(p->right->red && p->red));
}
static void
check_tree (node root)
{
int cnt = 0;
node p;
if (root == NULL)
return;
root->red = 0;
for(p = root->left; p; p = p->left)
cnt += !p->red;
check_tree_recurse (root, 0, cnt);
}
#else
#define CHECK_TREE(a)
#endif
/* Possibly "split" a node with two red successors, and/or fix up two red
edges in a row. ROOTP is a pointer to the lowest node we visited, PARENTP
and GPARENTP pointers to its parent/grandparent. P_R and GP_R contain the
comparison values that determined which way was taken in the tree to reach
ROOTP. MODE is 1 if we need not do the split, but must check for two red
edges between GPARENTP and ROOTP. */
static void
maybe_split_for_insert (node *rootp, node *parentp, node *gparentp,
int p_r, int gp_r, int mode)
{
node root = *rootp;
node *rp, *lp;
rp = &(*rootp)->right;
lp = &(*rootp)->left;
/* See if we have to split this node (both successors red). */
if (mode == 1
|| ((*rp) != NULL && (*lp) != NULL && (*rp)->red && (*lp)->red))
{
/* This node becomes red, its successors black. */
root->red = 1;
if (*rp)
(*rp)->red = 0;
if (*lp)
(*lp)->red = 0;
/* If the parent of this node is also red, we have to do
rotations. */
if (parentp != NULL && (*parentp)->red)
{
node gp = *gparentp;
node p = *parentp;
/* There are two main cases:
1. The edge types (left or right) of the two red edges differ.
2. Both red edges are of the same type.
There exist two symmetries of each case, so there is a total of
4 cases. */
if ((p_r > 0) != (gp_r > 0))
{
/* Put the child at the top of the tree, with its parent
and grandparent as successors. */
p->red = 1;
gp->red = 1;
root->red = 0;
if (p_r < 0)
{
/* Child is left of parent. */
p->left = *rp;
*rp = p;
gp->right = *lp;
*lp = gp;
}
else
{
/* Child is right of parent. */
p->right = *lp;
*lp = p;
gp->left = *rp;
*rp = gp;
}
*gparentp = root;
}
else
{
*gparentp = *parentp;
/* Parent becomes the top of the tree, grandparent and
child are its successors. */
p->red = 0;
gp->red = 1;
if (p_r < 0)
{
/* Left edges. */
gp->left = p->right;
p->right = gp;
}
else
{
/* Right edges. */
gp->right = p->left;
p->left = gp;
}
}
}
}
}
/* Find or insert datum into search tree.
KEY is the key to be located, ROOTP is the address of tree root,
COMPAR the ordering function. */
void *
__tsearch (const void *key, void **vrootp, __compar_fn_t compar)
{
node q;
node *parentp = NULL, *gparentp = NULL;
node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
node *nextp;
int r = 0, p_r = 0, gp_r = 0; /* No they might not, Mr Compiler. */
if (rootp == NULL)
return NULL;
/* This saves some additional tests below. */
if (*rootp != NULL)
(*rootp)->red = 0;
CHECK_TREE (*rootp);
nextp = rootp;
while (*nextp != NULL)
{
node root = *rootp;
r = (*compar) (key, root->key);
if (r == 0)
return root;
maybe_split_for_insert (rootp, parentp, gparentp, p_r, gp_r, 0);
/* If that did any rotations, parentp and gparentp are now garbage.
That doesn't matter, because the values they contain are never
used again in that case. */
nextp = r < 0 ? &root->left : &root->right;
if (*nextp == NULL)
break;
gparentp = parentp;
parentp = rootp;
rootp = nextp;
gp_r = p_r;
p_r = r;
}
q = (struct node_t *) malloc (sizeof (struct node_t));
if (q != NULL)
{
*nextp = q; /* link new node to old */
q->key = key; /* initialize new node */
q->red = 1;
q->left = q->right = NULL;
if (nextp != rootp)
/* There may be two red edges in a row now, which we must avoid by
rotating the tree. */
maybe_split_for_insert (nextp, rootp, parentp, r, p_r, 1);
}
return q;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__tsearch, tsearch)
#endif
/* Find datum in search tree.
KEY is the key to be located, ROOTP is the address of tree root,
COMPAR the ordering function. */
void *
__tfind (key, vrootp, compar)
const void *key;
void *const *vrootp;
__compar_fn_t compar;
{
node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
if (rootp == NULL)
return NULL;
CHECK_TREE (*rootp);
while (*rootp != NULL)
{
node root = *rootp;
int r;
r = (*compar) (key, root->key);
if (r == 0)
return root;
rootp = r < 0 ? &root->left : &root->right;
}
return NULL;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__tfind, tfind)
#endif
/* Delete node with given key.
KEY is the key to be deleted, ROOTP is the address of the root of tree,
COMPAR the comparison function. */
void *
__tdelete (const void *key, void **vrootp, __compar_fn_t compar)
{
node p, q, r, retval;
int cmp;
node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
node root, unchained;
/* Stack of nodes so we remember the parents without recursion. It's
_very_ unlikely that there are paths longer than 40 nodes. The tree
would need to have around 250.000 nodes. */
int stacksize = 100;
int sp = 0;
node *nodestack[100];
if (rootp == NULL)
return NULL;
p = *rootp;
if (p == NULL)
return NULL;
CHECK_TREE (p);
while ((cmp = (*compar) (key, (*rootp)->key)) != 0)
{
if (sp == stacksize)
abort ();
nodestack[sp++] = rootp;
p = *rootp;
rootp = ((cmp < 0)
? &(*rootp)->left
: &(*rootp)->right);
if (*rootp == NULL)
return NULL;
}
/* This is bogus if the node to be deleted is the root... this routine
really should return an integer with 0 for success, -1 for failure
and errno = ESRCH or something. */
retval = p;
/* We don't unchain the node we want to delete. Instead, we overwrite
it with its successor and unchain the successor. If there is no
successor, we really unchain the node to be deleted. */
root = *rootp;
r = root->right;
q = root->left;
if (q == NULL || r == NULL)
unchained = root;
else
{
node *parent = rootp, *up = &root->right;
for (;;)
{
if (sp == stacksize)
abort ();
nodestack[sp++] = parent;
parent = up;
if ((*up)->left == NULL)
break;
up = &(*up)->left;
}
unchained = *up;
}
/* We know that either the left or right successor of UNCHAINED is NULL.
R becomes the other one, it is chained into the parent of UNCHAINED. */
r = unchained->left;
if (r == NULL)
r = unchained->right;
if (sp == 0)
*rootp = r;
else
{
q = *nodestack[sp-1];
if (unchained == q->right)
q->right = r;
else
q->left = r;
}
if (unchained != root)
root->key = unchained->key;
if (!unchained->red)
{
/* Now we lost a black edge, which means that the number of black
edges on every path is no longer constant. We must balance the
tree. */
/* NODESTACK now contains all parents of R. R is likely to be NULL
in the first iteration. */
/* NULL nodes are considered black throughout - this is necessary for
correctness. */
while (sp > 0 && (r == NULL || !r->red))
{
node *pp = nodestack[sp - 1];
p = *pp;
/* Two symmetric cases. */
if (r == p->left)
{
/* Q is R's brother, P is R's parent. The subtree with root
R has one black edge less than the subtree with root Q. */
q = p->right;
if (q->red)
{
/* If Q is red, we know that P is black. We rotate P left
so that Q becomes the top node in the tree, with P below
it. P is colored red, Q is colored black.
This action does not change the black edge count for any
leaf in the tree, but we will be able to recognize one
of the following situations, which all require that Q
is black. */
q->red = 0;
p->red = 1;
/* Left rotate p. */
p->right = q->left;
q->left = p;
*pp = q;
/* Make sure pp is right if the case below tries to use
it. */
nodestack[sp++] = pp = &q->left;
q = p->right;
}
/* We know that Q can't be NULL here. We also know that Q is
black. */
if ((q->left == NULL || !q->left->red)
&& (q->right == NULL || !q->right->red))
{
/* Q has two black successors. We can simply color Q red.
The whole subtree with root P is now missing one black
edge. Note that this action can temporarily make the
tree invalid (if P is red). But we will exit the loop
in that case and set P black, which both makes the tree
valid and also makes the black edge count come out
right. If P is black, we are at least one step closer
to the root and we'll try again the next iteration. */
q->red = 1;
r = p;
}
else
{
/* Q is black, one of Q's successors is red. We can
repair the tree with one operation and will exit the
loop afterwards. */
if (q->right == NULL || !q->right->red)
{
/* The left one is red. We perform the same action as
in maybe_split_for_insert where two red edges are
adjacent but point in different directions:
Q's left successor (let's call it Q2) becomes the
top of the subtree we are looking at, its parent (Q)
and grandparent (P) become its successors. The former
successors of Q2 are placed below P and Q.
P becomes black, and Q2 gets the color that P had.
This changes the black edge count only for node R and
its successors. */
node q2 = q->left;
q2->red = p->red;
p->right = q2->left;
q->left = q2->right;
q2->right = q;
q2->left = p;
*pp = q2;
p->red = 0;
}
else
{
/* It's the right one. Rotate P left. P becomes black,
and Q gets the color that P had. Q's right successor
also becomes black. This changes the black edge
count only for node R and its successors. */
q->red = p->red;
p->red = 0;
q->right->red = 0;
/* left rotate p */
p->right = q->left;
q->left = p;
*pp = q;
}
/* We're done. */
sp = 1;
r = NULL;
}
}
else
{
/* Comments: see above. */
q = p->left;
if (q->red)
{
q->red = 0;
p->red = 1;
p->left = q->right;
q->right = p;
*pp = q;
nodestack[sp++] = pp = &q->right;
q = p->left;
}
if ((q->right == NULL || !q->right->red)
&& (q->left == NULL || !q->left->red))
{
q->red = 1;
r = p;
}
else
{
if (q->left == NULL || !q->left->red)
{
node q2 = q->right;
q2->red = p->red;
p->left = q2->right;
q->right = q2->left;
q2->left = q;
q2->right = p;
*pp = q2;
p->red = 0;
}
else
{
q->red = p->red;
p->red = 0;
q->left->red = 0;
p->left = q->right;
q->right = p;
*pp = q;
}
sp = 1;
r = NULL;
}
}
--sp;
}
if (r != NULL)
r->red = 0;
}
free (unchained);
return retval;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__tdelete, tdelete)
#endif
/* Walk the nodes of a tree.
ROOT is the root of the tree to be walked, ACTION the function to be
called at each node. LEVEL is the level of ROOT in the whole tree. */
static void
internal_function
trecurse (const void *vroot, __action_fn_t action, int level)
{
const_node root = (const_node) vroot;
if (root->left == NULL && root->right == NULL)
(*action) (root, leaf, level);
else
{
(*action) (root, preorder, level);
if (root->left != NULL)
trecurse (root->left, action, level + 1);
(*action) (root, postorder, level);
if (root->right != NULL)
trecurse (root->right, action, level + 1);
(*action) (root, endorder, level);
}
}
/* Walk the nodes of a tree.
ROOT is the root of the tree to be walked, ACTION the function to be
called at each node. */
void
__twalk (const void *vroot, __action_fn_t action)
{
const_node root = (const_node) vroot;
CHECK_TREE (root);
if (root != NULL && action != NULL)
trecurse (root, action, 0);
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__twalk, twalk)
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
/* The standardized functions miss an important functionality: the
tree cannot be removed easily. We provide a function to do this. */
static void
internal_function
tdestroy_recurse (node root, __free_fn_t freefct)
{
if (root->left != NULL)
tdestroy_recurse (root->left, freefct);
if (root->right != NULL)
tdestroy_recurse (root->right, freefct);
(*freefct) ((void *) root->key);
/* Free the node itself. */
free (root);
}
void
__tdestroy (void *vroot, __free_fn_t freefct)
{
node root = (node) vroot;
CHECK_TREE (root);
if (root != NULL)
tdestroy_recurse (root, freefct);
}
weak_alias (__tdestroy, tdestroy)
#endif /* _LIBC */

81
binutils/intl/tsearch.h
View File

@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
/* Binary tree data structure.
Copyright (C) 2006, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _TSEARCH_H
#define _TSEARCH_H
#if HAVE_TSEARCH
/* Get tseach(), tfind(), tdelete(), twalk() declarations. */
#include <search.h>
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* See <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/search.h.html>,
<http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/tsearch.html>
for details. */
typedef enum
{
preorder,
postorder,
endorder,
leaf
}
VISIT;
/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY.
If one is found, it is returned. Otherwise, a new element equal to KEY
is inserted in the tree and is returned. */
extern void * tsearch (const void *key, void **vrootp,
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY.
If one is found, it is returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned. */
extern void * tfind (const void *key, void *const *vrootp,
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY.
If one is found, it is removed from the tree, and its parent node is
returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned. */
extern void * tdelete (const void *key, void **vrootp,
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
/* Perform a depth-first, left-to-right traversal of the tree VROOT.
The ACTION function is called:
- for non-leaf nodes: 3 times, before the left subtree traversal,
after the left subtree traversal but before the right subtree traversal,
and after the right subtree traversal,
- for leaf nodes: once.
The arguments passed to ACTION are:
1. the node; it can be casted to a 'const void * const *', i.e. into a
pointer to the key,
2. an indicator which visit of the node this is,
3. the level of the node in the tree (0 for the root). */
extern void twalk (const void *vroot,
void (*action) (const void *, VISIT, int));
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
#endif /* _TSEARCH_H */

5598
binutils/intl/vasnprintf.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

76
binutils/intl/vasnprintf.h
View File

@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2012, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H
#define _VASNPRINTF_H
/* Get va_list. */
#include <stdarg.h>
/* Get size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
#ifndef __attribute__
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
/* The __-protected variants of 'format' and 'printf' attributes
are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
# define __format__ format
# define __printf__ printf
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set
errno and return NULL.
When dynamic memory allocation occurs, the preallocated buffer is left
alone (with possibly modified contents). This makes it possible to use
a statically allocated or stack-allocated buffer, like this:
char buf[100];
size_t len = sizeof (buf);
char *output = vasnprintf (buf, &len, format, args);
if (output == NULL)
... error handling ...;
else
{
... use the output string ...;
if (output != buf)
free (output);
}
*/
extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)));
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */

44
binutils/intl/vasnwprintf.h
View File

@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
/* vswprintf with automatic memory allocation.
Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _VASNWPRINTF_H
#define _VASNWPRINTF_H
/* Get va_list. */
#include <stdarg.h>
/* Get wchar_t, size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set
errno and return NULL. */
extern wchar_t * asnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, ...);
extern wchar_t * vasnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, va_list args);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _VASNWPRINTF_H */

279
binutils/intl/verify.h
View File

@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
/* Compile-time assert-like macros.
Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering. */
#ifndef _GL_VERIFY_H
#define _GL_VERIFY_H
/* Define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT to 1 if _Static_assert works as per C11.
This is supported by GCC 4.6.0 and later, in C mode, and its use
here generates easier-to-read diagnostics when verify (R) fails.
Define _GL_HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT to 1 if static_assert works as per C++11.
This will likely be supported by future GCC versions, in C++ mode.
Use this only with GCC. If we were willing to slow 'configure'
down we could also use it with other compilers, but since this
affects only the quality of diagnostics, why bother? */
#if (4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
&& (201112L <= __STDC_VERSION__ || !defined __STRICT_ANSI__) \
&& !defined __cplusplus)
# define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT 1
#endif
/* The condition (99 < __GNUC__) is temporary, until we know about the
first G++ release that supports static_assert. */
#if (99 < __GNUC__) && defined __cplusplus
# define _GL_HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT 1
#endif
/* FreeBSD 9.1 <sys/cdefs.h>, included by <stddef.h> and lots of other
system headers, defines a conflicting _Static_assert that is no
better than ours; override it. */
#ifndef _GL_HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT
# include <stddef.h>
# undef _Static_assert
#endif
/* Each of these macros verifies that its argument R is nonzero. To
be portable, R should be an integer constant expression. Unlike
assert (R), there is no run-time overhead.
If _Static_assert works, verify (R) uses it directly. Similarly,
_GL_VERIFY_TRUE works by packaging a _Static_assert inside a struct
that is an operand of sizeof.
The code below uses several ideas for C++ compilers, and for C
compilers that do not support _Static_assert:
* The first step is ((R) ? 1 : -1). Given an expression R, of
integral or boolean or floating-point type, this yields an
expression of integral type, whose value is later verified to be
constant and nonnegative.
* Next this expression W is wrapped in a type
struct _gl_verify_type {
unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: W;
}.
If W is negative, this yields a compile-time error. No compiler can
deal with a bit-field of negative size.
One might think that an array size check would have the same
effect, that is, that the type struct { unsigned int dummy[W]; }
would work as well. However, inside a function, some compilers
(such as C++ compilers and GNU C) allow local parameters and
variables inside array size expressions. With these compilers,
an array size check would not properly diagnose this misuse of
the verify macro:
void function (int n) { verify (n < 0); }
* For the verify macro, the struct _gl_verify_type will need to
somehow be embedded into a declaration. To be portable, this
declaration must declare an object, a constant, a function, or a
typedef name. If the declared entity uses the type directly,
such as in
struct dummy {...};
typedef struct {...} dummy;
extern struct {...} *dummy;
extern void dummy (struct {...} *);
extern struct {...} *dummy (void);
two uses of the verify macro would yield colliding declarations
if the entity names are not disambiguated. A workaround is to
attach the current line number to the entity name:
#define _GL_CONCAT0(x, y) x##y
#define _GL_CONCAT(x, y) _GL_CONCAT0 (x, y)
extern struct {...} * _GL_CONCAT (dummy, __LINE__);
But this has the problem that two invocations of verify from
within the same macro would collide, since the __LINE__ value
would be the same for both invocations. (The GCC __COUNTER__
macro solves this problem, but is not portable.)
A solution is to use the sizeof operator. It yields a number,
getting rid of the identity of the type. Declarations like
extern int dummy [sizeof (struct {...})];
extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct {...})]);
extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
can be repeated.
* Should the implementation use a named struct or an unnamed struct?
Which of the following alternatives can be used?
extern int dummy [sizeof (struct {...})];
extern int dummy [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})];
extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct {...})]);
extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})]);
extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})];
In the second and sixth case, the struct type is exported to the
outer scope; two such declarations therefore collide. GCC warns
about the first, third, and fourth cases. So the only remaining
possibility is the fifth case:
extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
* GCC warns about duplicate declarations of the dummy function if
-Wredundant-decls is used. GCC 4.3 and later have a builtin
__COUNTER__ macro that can let us generate unique identifiers for
each dummy function, to suppress this warning.
* This implementation exploits the fact that older versions of GCC,
which do not support _Static_assert, also do not warn about the
last declaration mentioned above.
* GCC warns if -Wnested-externs is enabled and verify() is used
within a function body; but inside a function, you can always
arrange to use verify_expr() instead.
* In C++, any struct definition inside sizeof is invalid.
Use a template type to work around the problem. */
/* Concatenate two preprocessor tokens. */
#define _GL_CONCAT(x, y) _GL_CONCAT0 (x, y)
#define _GL_CONCAT0(x, y) x##y
/* _GL_COUNTER is an integer, preferably one that changes each time we
use it. Use __COUNTER__ if it works, falling back on __LINE__
otherwise. __LINE__ isn't perfect, but it's better than a
constant. */
#if defined __COUNTER__ && __COUNTER__ != __COUNTER__
# define _GL_COUNTER __COUNTER__
#else
# define _GL_COUNTER __LINE__
#endif
/* Generate a symbol with the given prefix, making it unique if
possible. */
#define _GL_GENSYM(prefix) _GL_CONCAT (prefix, _GL_COUNTER)
/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as an integer constant expression
that returns 1. If R is false, fail at compile-time, preferably
with a diagnostic that includes the string-literal DIAGNOSTIC. */
#define _GL_VERIFY_TRUE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
(!!sizeof (_GL_VERIFY_TYPE (R, DIAGNOSTIC)))
#ifdef __cplusplus
# if !GNULIB_defined_struct__gl_verify_type
template <int w>
struct _gl_verify_type {
unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: w;
};
# define GNULIB_defined_struct__gl_verify_type 1
# endif
# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
_gl_verify_type<(R) ? 1 : -1>
#elif defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT
# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
struct { \
_Static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC); \
int _gl_dummy; \
}
#else
# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
struct { unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: (R) ? 1 : -1; }
#endif
/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as a declaration without a
trailing ';'. If R is false, fail at compile-time, preferably
with a diagnostic that includes the string-literal DIAGNOSTIC.
Unfortunately, unlike C11, this implementation must appear as an
ordinary declaration, and cannot appear inside struct { ... }. */
#ifdef _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT
# define _GL_VERIFY _Static_assert
#else
# define _GL_VERIFY(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
extern int (*_GL_GENSYM (_gl_verify_function) (void)) \
[_GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, DIAGNOSTIC)]
#endif
/* _GL_STATIC_ASSERT_H is defined if this code is copied into assert.h. */
#ifdef _GL_STATIC_ASSERT_H
# if !defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT && !defined _Static_assert
# define _Static_assert(R, DIAGNOSTIC) _GL_VERIFY (R, DIAGNOSTIC)
# endif
# if !defined _GL_HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT && !defined static_assert
# define static_assert _Static_assert /* C11 requires this #define. */
# endif
#endif
/* @assert.h omit start@ */
/* Each of these macros verifies that its argument R is nonzero. To
be portable, R should be an integer constant expression. Unlike
assert (R), there is no run-time overhead.
There are two macros, since no single macro can be used in all
contexts in C. verify_true (R) is for scalar contexts, including
integer constant expression contexts. verify (R) is for declaration
contexts, e.g., the top level. */
/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as an integer constant expression.
Return 1. This is equivalent to verify_expr (R, 1).
verify_true is obsolescent; please use verify_expr instead. */
#define verify_true(R) _GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, "verify_true (" #R ")")
/* Verify requirement R at compile-time. Return the value of the
expression E. */
#define verify_expr(R, E) \
(_GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, "verify_expr (" #R ", " #E ")") ? (E) : (E))
/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as a declaration without a
trailing ';'. */
#define verify(R) _GL_VERIFY (R, "verify (" #R ")")
#ifndef __has_builtin
# define __has_builtin(x) 0
#endif
/* Assume that R always holds. This lets the compiler optimize
accordingly. R should not have side-effects; it may or may not be
evaluated. Behavior is undefined if R is false. */
#if (__has_builtin (__builtin_unreachable) \
|| 4 < __GNUC__ + (5 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
# define assume(R) ((R) ? (void) 0 : __builtin_unreachable ())
#elif 1200 <= _MSC_VER
# define assume(R) __assume (R)
#elif (defined lint \
&& (__has_builtin (__builtin_trap) \
|| 3 < __GNUC__ + (3 < __GNUC_MINOR__ + (4 <= __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__))))
/* Doing it this way helps various packages when configured with
--enable-gcc-warnings, which compiles with -Dlint. It's nicer
when 'assume' silences warnings even with older GCCs. */
# define assume(R) ((R) ? (void) 0 : __builtin_trap ())
#else
# define assume(R) ((void) (0 && (R)))
#endif
/* @assert.h omit end@ */
#endif

24
binutils/intl/version.c
View File

@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
/* libintl library version.
Copyright (C) 2005, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "libgnuintl.h"
/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */
int libintl_version = LIBINTL_VERSION;

85
binutils/intl/wprintf-parse.h
View File

@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
/* Parse printf format string.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005, 2007, 2010-2011, 2015-2016 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
#define _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
#if HAVE_FEATURES_H
# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__, __UCLIBC__ */
#endif
#include "printf-args.h"
/* Flags */
#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
#define FLAG_ZERO 32
#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
# define FLAG_LOCALIZED 64 /* I flag, uses localized digits */
#endif
/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
/* Number of directly allocated directives (no malloc() needed). */
#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES 7
/* A parsed directive. */
typedef struct
{
const wchar_t* dir_start;
const wchar_t* dir_end;
int flags;
const wchar_t* width_start;
const wchar_t* width_end;
size_t width_arg_index;
const wchar_t* precision_start;
const wchar_t* precision_end;
size_t precision_arg_index;
wchar_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
size_t arg_index;
}
wchar_t_directive;
/* A parsed format string. */
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
wchar_t_directive *dir;
size_t max_width_length;
size_t max_precision_length;
wchar_t_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
}
wchar_t_directives;
/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#else
extern
#endif
int wprintf_parse (const wchar_t *format, wchar_t_directives *d, arguments *a);
#endif /* _WPRINTF_PARSE_H */

3
binutils/intl/xsize.c
View File

@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
#include <config.h>
#define XSIZE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#include "xsize.h"

117
binutils/intl/xsize.h
View File

@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2008-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _XSIZE_H
#define _XSIZE_H
/* Get size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get SIZE_MAX. */
#include <limits.h>
#if HAVE_STDINT_H
# include <stdint.h>
#endif
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#error "Please include config.h first."
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef XSIZE_INLINE
# define XSIZE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
#endif
/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of
type size_t. Example:
void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size).
These computations can lead to overflow. When this happens, malloc()
returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then
crashes while attempting to fill the memory.
To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow.
The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow.
malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc
implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p()
or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc().
The example thus becomes:
size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size));
void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL);
*/
/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t. */
#define xcast_size_t(N) \
((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX)
/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
XSIZE_INLINE size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2)
{
size_t sum = size1 + size2;
return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX);
}
/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check. */
XSIZE_INLINE size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3)
{
return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3);
}
/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check. */
XSIZE_INLINE size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4)
{
return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4);
}
/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
XSIZE_INLINE size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2)
{
/* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n:
max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX. */
return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2);
}
/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check.
The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0.
This is a macro, not a function, so that it works correctly even
when N is of a wider type and N > SIZE_MAX. */
#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \
((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX)
/* Check for overflow. */
#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \
((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX)
/* Check against overflow. */
#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \
((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX)
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
#endif /* _XSIZE_H */

1
gcc/gcc/c/c-parser.cc
View File

@ -1620,7 +1620,6 @@ static bool c_parser_objc_diagnose_bad_element_prefix
static location_t c_parser_parse_rtl_body (c_parser *, char *);
static tree c_parser_inline_opcodes(c_parser *);
static void c_parser_parse_rtl_body (c_parser *parser, char *start_with_pass);
/* Parse a translation unit (C90 6.7, C99 6.9, C11 6.9).

8
gcc/gcc/config/m68k/m68k.cc
View File

@ -1564,14 +1564,14 @@ m68k_is_pascal_func(tree fntype, tree fndecl)
}
static rtx
m68k_function_arg (cumulative_args_t cum_v, const function_arg_info &)
m68k_function_arg (cumulative_args_t cum_v, const function_arg_info &arg)
{
CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum = get_cumulative_args (cum_v);
if(!cum->regparam)
return NULL_RTX;
if(cum->index < cum->total_count)
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, cum->arg_regs[cum->index+1]);
return gen_rtx_REG (arg.mode, cum->arg_regs[cum->index+1]);
else
return NULL_RTX;
}
@ -1582,9 +1582,7 @@ m68k_function_arg_advance (cumulative_args_t cum_v,
{
CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum = get_cumulative_args (cum_v);
cum->bytes += (mode != BLKmode
? (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + 1) & ~1
: (int_size_in_bytes (type) + 1) & ~1);
cum->bytes += (arg.type_size_in_bytes() + 1) & ~1;
cum->index ++;
}

516
gcc/intl/COPYING.LIB
View File

@ -1,516 +0,0 @@
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
the version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations
below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
introduced by others.
^L
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
the library.
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it
becomes
a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
that program using a modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
be combined with the library in order to run.
^L
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
Each licensee is addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control
compilation
and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
and what the program that uses the Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
in the event an application does not supply such function or
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
these notices.
^L
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
^L
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
of these things:
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
to use the modified definitions.)
b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
least three years, to give the same user the materials
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
than the cost of performing this distribution.
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
specified materials from the same place.
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
distribute.
^L
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Library or works based on it.
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
this License.
^L
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those
countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
the Free Software Foundation.
^L
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
^L
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms
of the ordinary General Public License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.
It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most
effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should
have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full
notice is found.
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it
does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
MA 02110-1301, USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper
mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or
your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James
Random Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!

21
gcc/intl/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
GNU toolchain edition of GNU libintl 0.12.1
Most of the content of this directory is taken from gettext 0.12.1
and is owned by that project. Patches should be directed to the
gettext developers first. However, note the following:
* libintl.h comes from gettext, but is named libgnuintl.h.in in that
project's source tree.
* The files COPYING.LIB-2.0 and COPYING.LIB-2.1 are redundant with the
top-level COPYING.LIB and have therefore been removed.
* The files config.charset, ref-add.sin, ref-del.sin, os2compat.c,
and os2compat.h are not used in this setup and have therefore been
removed.
* aclocal.m4 was constructed using automake's "aclocal -I ../config".
* configure.ac, config.intl.in, and Makefile.in were written for this
directory layout, by Zack Weinberg <zack@codesourcery.com>. Please
direct patches for these files to gcc-patches@gcc.gnu.org.

4
gcc/intl/README.woe32
View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
Installation on Woe32 (WinNT/2000/XP/Vista, Win95/98/ME):
Building requires the mingw development environment (includes gcc).
MS Visual C/C++ with "nmake" is no longer supported.

1
gcc/intl/VERSION Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
GNU gettext library from gettext-0.12.1

33
gcc/intl/aclocal.m4 vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
# generated automatically by aclocal 1.15.1 -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
m4_ifndef([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [m4_defun([_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [])m4_defun([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS($@)])])
m4_include([../config/codeset.m4])
m4_include([../config/gettext.m4])
m4_include([../config/glibc21.m4])
m4_include([../config/iconv.m4])
m4_include([../config/intdiv0.m4])
m4_include([../config/inttypes-pri.m4])
m4_include([../config/inttypes.m4])
m4_include([../config/inttypes_h.m4])
m4_include([../config/lcmessage.m4])
m4_include([../config/lib-ld.m4])
m4_include([../config/lib-link.m4])
m4_include([../config/lib-prefix.m4])
m4_include([../config/nls.m4])
m4_include([../config/override.m4])
m4_include([../config/po.m4])
m4_include([../config/progtest.m4])
m4_include([../config/stdint_h.m4])
m4_include([../config/uintmax_t.m4])
m4_include([../config/ulonglong.m4])

127
gcc/intl/bindtextdom.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -22,21 +24,29 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
#else
# include "lock.h"
/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
#endif
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
#endif
/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
@ -46,8 +56,19 @@
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
#ifdef _LIBC
extern const char _nl_default_dirname_internal[] attribute_hidden;
#else
# define INTUSE(name) name
#endif
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
@ -65,6 +86,11 @@ gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
#endif
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
const char **dirnamep,
const char **codesetp));
/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
@ -72,8 +98,10 @@ gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
modified nor returned. */
static void
set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp)
set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
const char *domainname;
const char **dirnamep;
const char **codesetp;
{
struct binding *binding;
int modified;
@ -88,7 +116,7 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
return;
}
gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
__libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
modified = 0;
@ -123,8 +151,8 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
char *result = binding->dirname;
if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
{
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
result = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
else
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
@ -139,7 +167,7 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
{
if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
if (binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
free (binding->dirname);
binding->dirname = result;
@ -176,9 +204,11 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
{
free (binding->codeset);
if (binding->codeset != NULL)
free (binding->codeset);
binding->codeset = result;
binding->codeset_cntr++;
modified = 1;
}
}
@ -191,7 +221,7 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
{
/* Simply return the default values. */
if (dirnamep)
*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
*dirnamep = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
if (codesetp)
*codesetp = NULL;
}
@ -213,11 +243,11 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
if (dirname == NULL)
/* The default value. */
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
else
{
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
else
{
char *result;
@ -240,7 +270,9 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
}
else
/* The default value. */
new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
new_binding->dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
if (codesetp)
{
@ -262,6 +294,7 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
#endif
codeset = result;
new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
}
*codesetp = codeset;
new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
@ -293,7 +326,7 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
if (0)
{
failed_codeset:
if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
if (new_binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
free (new_binding->dirname);
failed_dirname:
free (new_binding);
@ -309,48 +342,26 @@ set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
if (modified)
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
__libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
}
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
char *
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
const char *domainname;
const char *dirname;
{
#ifdef __EMX__
const char *saved_dirname = dirname;
char dirname_with_drive[_MAX_PATH];
/* Resolve UNIXROOT into dirname if it is not resolved by os2compat.[ch]. */
if (dirname && (dirname[0] == '/' || dirname[0] == '\\' ))
{
const char *unixroot = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
if (unixroot
&& unixroot[0] != '\0'
&& unixroot[1] == ':'
&& unixroot[2] == '\0'
&& 2 + len <= _MAX_PATH)
{
memcpy (dirname_with_drive, unixroot, 2);
memcpy (dirname_with_drive + 2, dirname, len);
dirname = dirname_with_drive;
}
}
#endif
set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
#ifdef __EMX__
dirname = saved_dirname;
#endif
return (char *) dirname;
}
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
char *
BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
const char *domainname;
const char *codeset;
{
set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
return (char *) codeset;

682
gcc/intl/config.charset
View File

@ -1,682 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2006-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# The table consists of lines of the form
# ALIAS CANONICAL
#
# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
#
# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
# MIME charset name is preferred.
# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
#
# name MIME? used by which systems
# (darwin = Mac OS X, woe32 = native Windows)
#
# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-1 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-2 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-3 Y glibc solaris cygwin
# ISO-8859-4 Y osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-5 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-6 Y glibc aix hpux solaris cygwin
# ISO-8859-7 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris cygwin
# ISO-8859-9 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-13 glibc netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# ISO-8859-14 glibc cygwin
# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# KOI8-R Y glibc solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin
# KOI8-U Y glibc freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin
# KOI8-T glibc
# CP437 dos
# CP775 dos
# CP850 aix osf dos
# CP852 dos
# CP855 dos
# CP856 aix
# CP857 dos
# CP861 dos
# CP862 dos
# CP864 dos
# CP865 dos
# CP866 freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin dos
# CP869 dos
# CP874 woe32 dos
# CP922 aix
# CP932 aix cygwin woe32 dos
# CP943 aix
# CP949 osf darwin woe32 dos
# CP950 woe32 dos
# CP1046 aix
# CP1124 aix
# CP1125 dos
# CP1129 aix
# CP1131 darwin
# CP1250 woe32
# CP1251 glibc solaris netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin woe32
# CP1252 aix woe32
# CP1253 woe32
# CP1254 woe32
# CP1255 glibc woe32
# CP1256 woe32
# CP1257 woe32
# GB2312 Y glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# EUC-JP Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# EUC-KR Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd
# BIG5 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin
# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris darwin
# GBK glibc aix osf solaris darwin cygwin woe32 dos
# GB18030 glibc solaris netbsd darwin
# SHIFT_JIS Y hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32
# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris cygwin
# VISCII Y glibc
# TCVN5712-1 glibc
# ARMSCII-8 glibc darwin
# GEORGIAN-PS glibc cygwin
# PT154 glibc
# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
# HP-GREEK8 hpux
# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
# HP-KANA8 hpux
# DEC-KANJI osf
# DEC-HANYU osf
# UTF-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris netbsd darwin cygwin
#
# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
#
# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
host="$1"
os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
# List of references, updated during installation:
echo "# Packages using this file: "
case "$os" in
linux-gnulibc1*)
# Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "POSIX ASCII"
for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \
en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \
en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \
es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \
et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \
fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \
it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \
sv_FI sv_SE; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l.cp-437 CP437"
echo "$l.cp-850 CP850"
echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252"
echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252"
#echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
done
for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \
sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-2"
echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "$l.cp-852 CP852"
echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "$l.cp-866 CP866"
echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in ar ar_SA; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-6"
echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "$l.cp-864 CP864"
#echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding
echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-7"
echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "$l.cp-869 CP869"
echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253"
echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
done
for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-8"
echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "$l.cp-862 CP862"
echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in tr tr_TR; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-9"
echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "$l.cp-857 CP857"
echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do
#echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
echo "$l ISO-8859-13"
done
for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do
echo "$l KOI8-U"
done
for l in zh zh_CN; do
#echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
echo "$l GB2312"
done
for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do
echo "$l EUC-JP"
done
for l in ko ko_KR; do
echo "$l EUC-KR"
done
for l in th th_TH; do
echo "$l TIS-620"
done
for l in fa fa_IR; do
#echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
;;
linux* | *-gnu*)
# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
# need to install the alias file at all.
# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
;;
aix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "IBM-850 CP850"
echo "IBM-856 CP856"
echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
echo "IBM-922 CP922"
echo "IBM-932 CP932"
echo "IBM-943 CP943"
echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
hpux*)
echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
echo "tis620 TIS-620"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "hp15CN GB2312"
#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "utf8 UTF-8"
;;
irix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
;;
osf*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "cp850 CP850"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
echo "dechanzi GB2312"
echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "KSC5601 CP949"
echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
solaris*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "ansi-1251 CP1251"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
echo "gb2312 GB2312"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "GB18030 GB18030"
echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
echo "5601 EUC-KR"
echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
freebsd*)
# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
netbsd*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
;;
openbsd*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
;;
darwin[56]*)
# Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do
echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \
nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in la_LN; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
for l in bg_BG; do
echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
darwin*)
# Darwin 7.5 has nl_langinfo(CODESET), but sometimes its value is
# useless:
# - It returns the empty string when LANG is set to a locale of the
# form ll_CC, although ll_CC/LC_CTYPE is a symlink to an UTF-8
# LC_CTYPE file.
# - The environment variables LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_ALL are not set by
# the system; nl_langinfo(CODESET) returns "US-ASCII" in this case.
# - The documentation says:
# "... all code that calls BSD system routines should ensure
# that the const *char parameters of these routines are in UTF-8
# encoding. All BSD system functions expect their string
# parameters to be in UTF-8 encoding and nothing else."
# It also says
# "An additional caveat is that string parameters for files,
# paths, and other file-system entities must be in canonical
# UTF-8. In a canonical UTF-8 Unicode string, all decomposable
# characters are decomposed ..."
# but this is not true: You can pass non-decomposed UTF-8 strings
# to file system functions, and it is the OS which will convert
# them to decomposed UTF-8 before accessing the file system.
# - The Apple Terminal application displays UTF-8 by default.
# - However, other applications are free to use different encodings:
# - xterm uses ISO-8859-1 by default.
# - TextEdit uses MacRoman by default.
# We prefer UTF-8 over decomposed UTF-8-MAC because one should
# minimize the use of decomposed Unicode. Unfortunately, through the
# Darwin file system, decomposed UTF-8 strings are leaked into user
# space nevertheless.
# Then there are also the locales with encodings other than US-ASCII
# and UTF-8. These locales can be occasionally useful to users (e.g.
# when grepping through ISO-8859-1 encoded text files), when all their
# file names are in US-ASCII.
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "CP866 CP866"
echo "CP949 CP949"
echo "CP1131 CP1131"
echo "CP1251 CP1251"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "GB2312 GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "Big5 BIG5"
echo "Big5HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "GB18030 GB18030"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ARMSCII-8 ARMSCII-8"
echo "PT154 PT154"
#echo "ISCII-DEV ?"
echo "* UTF-8"
;;
beos* | haiku*)
# BeOS and Haiku have a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
echo "* UTF-8"
;;
msdosdjgpp*)
# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "#"
echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <juan.guerrero@gmx.de>"
echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>."
echo "#"
echo "C ASCII"
# ISO-8859-1 languages
echo "ca CP850"
echo "ca_ES CP850"
echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "de CP850"
echo "de_AT CP850"
echo "de_CH CP850"
echo "de_DE CP850"
echo "en CP850"
echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "en_CA CP850"
echo "en_GB CP850"
echo "en_NZ CP437"
echo "en_US CP437"
echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "es CP850"
echo "es_AR CP850"
echo "es_BO CP850"
echo "es_CL CP850"
echo "es_CO CP850"
echo "es_CR CP850"
echo "es_CU CP850"
echo "es_DO CP850"
echo "es_EC CP850"
echo "es_ES CP850"
echo "es_GT CP850"
echo "es_HN CP850"
echo "es_MX CP850"
echo "es_NI CP850"
echo "es_PA CP850"
echo "es_PY CP850"
echo "es_PE CP850"
echo "es_SV CP850"
echo "es_UY CP850"
echo "es_VE CP850"
echo "et CP850"
echo "et_EE CP850"
echo "eu CP850"
echo "eu_ES CP850"
echo "fi CP850"
echo "fi_FI CP850"
echo "fr CP850"
echo "fr_BE CP850"
echo "fr_CA CP850"
echo "fr_CH CP850"
echo "fr_FR CP850"
echo "ga CP850"
echo "ga_IE CP850"
echo "gd CP850"
echo "gd_GB CP850"
echo "gl CP850"
echo "gl_ES CP850"
echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "it CP850"
echo "it_CH CP850"
echo "it_IT CP850"
echo "lt CP775"
echo "lt_LT CP775"
echo "lv CP775"
echo "lv_LV CP775"
echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nl CP850"
echo "nl_BE CP850"
echo "nl_NL CP850"
echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "pt CP850"
echo "pt_BR CP850"
echo "pt_PT CP850"
echo "sv CP850"
echo "sv_SE CP850"
# ISO-8859-2 languages
echo "cs CP852"
echo "cs_CZ CP852"
echo "hr CP852"
echo "hr_HR CP852"
echo "hu CP852"
echo "hu_HU CP852"
echo "pl CP852"
echo "pl_PL CP852"
echo "ro CP852"
echo "ro_RO CP852"
echo "sk CP852"
echo "sk_SK CP852"
echo "sl CP852"
echo "sl_SI CP852"
echo "sq CP852"
echo "sq_AL CP852"
echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
# ISO-8859-3 languages
echo "mt CP850"
echo "mt_MT CP850"
# ISO-8859-5 languages
echo "be CP866"
echo "be_BE CP866"
echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "ru CP866"
echo "ru_RU CP866"
echo "uk CP1125"
echo "uk_UA CP1125"
# ISO-8859-6 languages
echo "ar CP864"
echo "ar_AE CP864"
echo "ar_DZ CP864"
echo "ar_EG CP864"
echo "ar_IQ CP864"
echo "ar_IR CP864"
echo "ar_JO CP864"
echo "ar_KW CP864"
echo "ar_MA CP864"
echo "ar_OM CP864"
echo "ar_QA CP864"
echo "ar_SA CP864"
echo "ar_SY CP864"
# ISO-8859-7 languages
echo "el CP869"
echo "el_GR CP869"
# ISO-8859-8 languages
echo "he CP862"
echo "he_IL CP862"
# ISO-8859-9 languages
echo "tr CP857"
echo "tr_TR CP857"
# Japanese
echo "ja CP932"
echo "ja_JP CP932"
# Chinese
echo "zh_CN GBK"
echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
# Korean
echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
# Thai
echo "th CP874"
echo "th_TH CP874"
# Other
echo "eo CP850"
echo "eo_EO CP850"
;;
esac

280
gcc/intl/config.h.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
*/
#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
#undef C_ALLOCA
/* Define because we depend on libiconv. */
#undef DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV
/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
language is requested. */
#undef ENABLE_NLS
/* Define to enable relocation. */
#undef ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
*/
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.
*/
#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `feof_unlocked' function. */
#undef HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the `fgets_unlocked' function. */
#undef HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getcwd' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETCWD
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getc_unlocked' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getegid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETEGID
/* Define to 1 if you have the `geteuid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETEUID
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETGID
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getuid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETUID
/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
#undef HAVE_ICONV
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and
declares uintmax_t. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
/* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
#undef HAVE_MMAP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `munmap' function. */
#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
/* Define to 1 if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */
#undef HAVE_PUTENV
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETENV
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
/* Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares
uintmax_t. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRDUP
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoul' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRTOUL
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `tsearch' function. */
#undef HAVE_TSEARCH
/* Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>. */
#undef HAVE_UINTMAX_T
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
/* Define if you have the unsigned long long type. */
#undef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_count' function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_next' function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_stringify' function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__fsetlocking' function. */
#undef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
#undef ICONV_CONST
/* Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. */
#undef INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
/* Define because this is libintl. */
#undef IN_LIBINTL
/* Define because this is a library. */
#undef IN_LIBRARY
/* Define if there is no xmalloc. */
#undef NO_XMALLOC
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_NAME
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_STRING
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
/* Define to the home page for this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_URL
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros. */
#undef PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
automatically deduced at runtime.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
#undef STACK_DIRECTION
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix. */
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
# undef _ALL_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# undef _GNU_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris. */
#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
# undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
#endif
/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop. */
#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
# undef _TANDEM_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable general extensions on Solaris. */
#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
# undef __EXTENSIONS__
#endif
/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
#undef _MINIX
/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
this defined. */
#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
#undef const
/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */
#ifndef __cplusplus
#undef inline
#endif
/* Define to `long int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef off_t
/* Define this entry point correctly. */
#undef relocate
/* Define this entry point correctly. */
#undef set_relocation_prefix
/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef size_t
/* Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long if <stdint.h> and
<inttypes.h> don't define. */
#undef uintmax_t

12
gcc/intl/config.intl.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
# This file records the configuration of libintl in a form that
# can be read back in by a configure script in a sister directory.
# See config/gettext.m4 for its use.
USE_NLS='@USE_NLS@'
LIBINTL='@LIBINTL@'
LIBINTL_DEP='@LIBINTL_DEP@'
INCINTL='@INCINTL@'
XGETTEXT='@XGETTEXT@'
GMSGFMT='@GMSGFMT@'
POSUB='@POSUB@'

27
gcc/intl/dcgettext.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -42,13 +44,16 @@
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
char *
DCGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
int category;
{
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
INTDEF(__dcgettext)
weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
libc_hidden_def (__dcgettext)
#endif

1227
gcc/intl/dcigettext.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

29
gcc/intl/dcngettext.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -42,9 +44,12 @@
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
char *
DCNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
int category)
DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
int category;
{
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
}

26
gcc/intl/dgettext.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -36,7 +38,7 @@
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
#else
# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
@ -45,7 +47,9 @@
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
char *
DGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
{
return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}

27
gcc/intl/dngettext.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -45,8 +47,11 @@
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
char *
DNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
}

28
gcc/intl/eval-plural.h
View File

@ -1,28 +1,36 @@
/* Plural expression evaluation.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2007, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef STATIC
#define STATIC static
#endif
/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
STATIC unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
unsigned long int n))
internal_function;
STATIC
unsigned long int
internal_function
plural_eval (const struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n)
plural_eval (pexp, n)
struct expression *pexp;
unsigned long int n;
{
switch (pexp->nargs)
{

143
gcc/intl/explodename.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -35,15 +37,12 @@
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */
static char *_nl_find_language (const char *name);
static char *
_nl_find_language (const char *name)
char *
_nl_find_language (name)
const char *name;
{
while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '.')
while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
&& name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
++name;
return (char *) name;
@ -51,11 +50,19 @@ _nl_find_language (const char *name)
int
_nl_explode_name (char *name,
const char **language, const char **modifier,
const char **territory, const char **codeset,
const char **normalized_codeset)
_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
char *name;
const char **language;
const char **modifier;
const char **territory;
const char **codeset;
const char **normalized_codeset;
const char **special;
const char **sponsor;
const char **revision;
{
enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
char *cp;
int mask;
@ -63,10 +70,15 @@ _nl_explode_name (char *name,
*territory = NULL;
*codeset = NULL;
*normalized_codeset = NULL;
*special = NULL;
*sponsor = NULL;
*revision = NULL;
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
mask = 0;
syntax = undecided;
*language = cp = name;
cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
@ -74,23 +86,22 @@ _nl_explode_name (char *name,
/* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
else
else if (cp[0] == '_')
{
if (cp[0] == '_')
{
/* Next is the territory. */
cp[0] = '\0';
*territory = ++cp;
/* Next is the territory. */
cp[0] = '\0';
*territory = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@')
++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
&& cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= XPG_TERRITORY;
}
mask |= TERRITORY;
if (cp[0] == '.')
{
/* Next is the codeset. */
syntax = xpg;
cp[0] = '\0';
*codeset = ++cp;
@ -103,9 +114,7 @@ _nl_explode_name (char *name,
{
*normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
cp - *codeset);
if (*normalized_codeset == NULL)
return -1;
else if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
else
mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
@ -113,21 +122,71 @@ _nl_explode_name (char *name,
}
}
if (cp[0] == '@')
if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
{
/* Next is the modifier. */
syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
cp[0] = '\0';
*modifier = ++cp;
if (cp[0] != '\0')
mask |= XPG_MODIFIER;
while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
&& cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
}
if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_TERRITORY;
if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
{
syntax = cen;
if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
if (cp[0] == '+')
{
/* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*special = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
}
if (cp[0] == ',')
{
/* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*sponsor = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
}
if (cp[0] == '_')
{
/* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*revision = ++cp;
mask |= CEN_REVISION;
}
}
/* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */
if (syntax == xpg)
{
if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~TERRITORY;
if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
}
return mask;
}

6
gcc/intl/export.h
View File

@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
#if @HAVE_VISIBILITY@ && BUILDING_LIBINTL
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
#else
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
#endif

105
gcc/intl/finddomain.c
View File

@ -1,19 +1,21 @@
/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -35,17 +37,6 @@
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized __libc_rwlock_define_initialized
# define gl_rwlock_rdlock __libc_rwlock_rdlock
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
#else
# include "lock.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* List of already loaded domains. */
static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
@ -56,8 +47,11 @@ static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
established bindings. */
struct loaded_l10nfile *
internal_function
_nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
const char *domainname, struct binding *domainbinding)
_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
const char *dirname;
char *locale;
const char *domainname;
struct binding *domainbinding;
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
const char *language;
@ -65,41 +59,44 @@ _nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
const char *territory;
const char *codeset;
const char *normalized_codeset;
const char *special;
const char *sponsor;
const char *revision;
const char *alias_value;
int mask;
/* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]
language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
and six parts for the CEN syntax:
language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
the following order:
(1) codeset
(2) normalized codeset
(3) territory
(4) modifier
(1) revision
(2) sponsor
(3) special
(4) codeset
(5) normalized codeset
(6) territory
(7) audience/modifier
*/
/* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */
gl_rwlock_define_initialized (static, lock);
gl_rwlock_rdlock (lock);
/* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
gl_rwlock_unlock (lock);
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
if (retval != NULL)
{
/* We know something about this locale. */
int cnt;
if (retval->decided <= 0)
if (retval->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
if (retval->data != NULL)
@ -107,14 +104,13 @@ _nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
}
return retval;
return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
/* NOTREACHED */
}
@ -139,37 +135,30 @@ _nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
}
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
&codeset, &normalized_codeset);
if (mask == -1)
/* This means we are out of core. */
return NULL;
/* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */
gl_rwlock_wrlock (lock);
&codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
&sponsor, &revision);
/* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
generalization. */
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier,
domainname, 1);
gl_rwlock_unlock (lock);
codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
if (retval == NULL)
/* This means we are out of core. */
goto out;
return NULL;
if (retval->decided <= 0)
if (retval->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
if (retval->data == NULL)
{
int cnt;
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
@ -180,7 +169,6 @@ _nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
if (alias_value != NULL)
free (locale);
out:
/* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
@ -190,10 +178,7 @@ out:
#ifdef _LIBC
/* This is called from iconv/gconv_db.c's free_mem, as locales must
be freed before freeing gconv steps arrays. */
void __libc_freeres_fn_section
_nl_finddomain_subfreeres (void)
libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;

25
gcc/intl/gettext.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -40,7 +42,7 @@
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define GETTEXT __gettext
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
#else
# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
@ -50,7 +52,8 @@
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
char *
GETTEXT (const char *msgid)
GETTEXT (msgid)
const char *msgid;
{
return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}

251
gcc/intl/gettextP.h
View File

@ -1,19 +1,21 @@
/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
#define _GETTEXTP_H
@ -28,67 +30,20 @@
# endif
#endif
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
#else
# include "lock.h"
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
struct loaded_domain;
extern char *__gettext (const char *__msgid);
extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category);
extern char *__ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n);
extern char *__dngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int n);
extern char *__dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category);
extern char *__dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category);
extern char *__textdomain (const char *__domainname);
extern char *__bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname);
extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset);
extern void _nl_finddomain_subfreeres (void) attribute_hidden;
extern void _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *__domain)
internal_function attribute_hidden;
#else
/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
call them under their real name. */
# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# include "libgnuintl.h"
# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
extern char *gl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category,
const char *__localename, const char *__encoding);
# else
extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category);
# endif
#endif
#include "loadinfo.h"
#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
@ -113,12 +68,8 @@ extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
#else
static inline nls_uint32
# ifdef __cplusplus
SWAP (nls_uint32 i)
# else
SWAP (i)
nls_uint32 i;
# endif
{
return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
}
@ -134,26 +85,6 @@ struct sysdep_string_desc
const char *pointer;
};
/* Cache of translated strings after charset conversion.
Note: The strings are converted to the target encoding only on an as-needed
basis. */
struct converted_domain
{
/* The target encoding name. */
const char *encoding;
/* The descriptor for conversion from the message catalog's encoding to
this target encoding. */
#ifdef _LIBC
__gconv_t conv;
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
iconv_t conv;
# endif
#endif
/* The table of translated strings after charset conversion. */
char **conv_tab;
};
/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
struct loaded_domain
{
@ -189,12 +120,17 @@ struct loaded_domain
/* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */
int must_swap_hash_tab;
/* Cache of charset conversions of the translated strings. */
struct converted_domain *conversions;
size_t nconversions;
gl_rwlock_define (, conversions_lock)
int codeset_cntr;
#ifdef _LIBC
__gconv_t conv;
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
iconv_t conv;
# endif
#endif
char **conv_tab;
const struct expression *plural;
struct expression *plural;
unsigned long int nplurals;
};
@ -212,6 +148,7 @@ struct binding
{
struct binding *next;
char *dirname;
int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */
char *codeset;
char domainname[ZERO];
};
@ -219,95 +156,69 @@ struct binding
/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
become invalid.
This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
#if defined __KLIBC__ && !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_msg_cat_cntr libintl_nl_msg_cat_cntr
#endif
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
# include <glocale/config.h>
extern LIBGLOCALE_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
#else
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
#endif
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
#ifndef _LIBC
extern const char *_nl_language_preferences_default (void);
# define gl_locale_name_canonicalize _nl_locale_name_canonicalize
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
# define gl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (LANGID langid); */
# define gl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID (LCID lcid); */
# define gl_locale_name_thread_unsafe _nl_locale_name_thread_unsafe
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_thread_unsafe (int category,
const char *categoryname);
# define gl_locale_name_thread _nl_locale_name_thread
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name_thread (int category,
const char *categoryname); */
# define gl_locale_name_posix _nl_locale_name_posix
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_posix (int category,
const char *categoryname);
# define gl_locale_name_environ _nl_locale_name_environ
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_environ (int category,
const char *categoryname);
# define gl_locale_name_default _nl_locale_name_default
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_default (void);
# define gl_locale_name _nl_locale_name
/* extern const char *_nl_locale_name (int category,
const char *categoryname); */
const char *_nl_locale_name PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname));
#endif
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain (const char *__dirname, char *__locale,
const char *__domainname,
struct binding *__domainbinding)
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
char *__locale,
const char *__domainname,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding)
void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
internal_function;
const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
struct loaded_domain *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
internal_function;
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct binding *domainbinding, const char *encoding,
const char *msgid,
size_t *lengthp)
char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct binding *domainbinding,
const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
internal_function;
#else
char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid,
int convert, size_t *lengthp)
internal_function;
#endif
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
#endif
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
#ifdef _LIBC
libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname)
extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid));
extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid, int __category));
extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int n));
extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category));
extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset));
#else
/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
call them under their real name. */
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# include "libintl.h"
extern char *libintl_dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
#endif
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
#endif
/* Name of the default text domain. */
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
#endif /* gettextP.h */

40
gcc/intl/gmo.h
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
@ -27,7 +29,6 @@
/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
@ -75,7 +76,7 @@ struct mo_file_header
/* The revision number of the file format. */
nls_uint32 revision;
/* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1. */
/* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0. */
/* The number of strings pairs. */
nls_uint32 nstrings;
@ -122,15 +123,6 @@ struct sysdep_segment
nls_uint32 offset;
};
/* Pair of a static and a system dependent segment, in struct sysdep_string. */
struct segment_pair
{
/* Size of static segment. */
nls_uint32 segsize;
/* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */
nls_uint32 sysdepref;
};
/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */
struct sysdep_string
{
@ -138,7 +130,13 @@ struct sysdep_string
nls_uint32 offset;
/* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */
struct segment_pair segments[1];
struct segment_pair
{
/* Size of static segment. */
nls_uint32 segsize;
/* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */
nls_uint32 sysdepref;
} segments[1];
};
/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,

50
gcc/intl/hash-string.c
View File

@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
/* Implements a string hashing function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#include "hash-string.h"
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
unsigned long int
__hash_string (const char *str_param)
{
unsigned long int hval, g;
const char *str = str_param;
/* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
hval = 0;
while (*str != '\0')
{
hval <<= 4;
hval += (unsigned char) *str++;
g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
if (g != 0)
{
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
hval ^= g;
}
}
return hval;
}

61
gcc/intl/hash-string.h
View File

@ -1,34 +1,59 @@
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
#define HASHWORDBITS 32
#ifndef _LIBC
# ifdef IN_LIBINTL
# define __hash_string libintl_hash_string
# else
# define __hash_string hash_string
# endif
#endif
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
extern unsigned long int __hash_string (const char *str_param);
static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
static inline unsigned long int
hash_string (str_param)
const char *str_param;
{
unsigned long int hval, g;
const char *str = str_param;
/* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
hval = 0;
while (*str != '\0')
{
hval <<= 4;
hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
if (g != 0)
{
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
hval ^= g;
}
}
return hval;
}

69
gcc/intl/intl-compat.c
View File

@ -1,20 +1,21 @@
/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
Library.
Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003, 2005, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003 Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
@ -48,9 +49,7 @@
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
# define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
#else
# define DLL_EXPORTED
@ -59,7 +58,8 @@
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
gettext (const char *msgid)
gettext (msgid)
const char *msgid;
{
return libintl_gettext (msgid);
}
@ -67,7 +67,9 @@ gettext (const char *msgid)
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
dgettext (domainname, msgid)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
{
return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid);
}
@ -75,7 +77,10 @@ dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
int category;
{
return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category);
}
@ -83,7 +88,10 @@ dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n);
}
@ -91,8 +99,11 @@ ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dngettext (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
}
@ -100,9 +111,12 @@ dngettext (const char *domainname,
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dcngettext (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
int category)
dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
int category;
{
return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
}
@ -110,7 +124,8 @@ dcngettext (const char *domainname,
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
textdomain (const char *domainname)
textdomain (domainname)
const char *domainname;
{
return libintl_textdomain (domainname);
}
@ -118,7 +133,9 @@ textdomain (const char *domainname)
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
const char *domainname;
const char *dirname;
{
return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname);
}
@ -126,7 +143,9 @@ bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
const char *domainname;
const char *codeset;
{
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset);
}

38
gcc/intl/intl-exports.c
View File

@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
/* List of exported symbols of libintl on Cygwin.
Copyright (C) 2006, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* IMP(x) is a symbol that contains the address of x. */
#if USER_LABEL_PREFIX_UNDERSCORE
# define IMP(x) _imp__##x
#else
# define IMP(x) __imp_##x
#endif
/* Ensure that the variable x is exported from the library, and that a
pseudo-variable IMP(x) is available. */
#define VARIABLE(x) \
/* Export x without redefining x. This code was found by compiling a \
snippet: \
extern __declspec(dllexport) int x; int x = 42; */ \
asm (".section .drectve\n"); \
asm (".ascii \" -export:" #x ",data\"\n"); \
asm (".data\n"); \
/* Allocate a pseudo-variable IMP(x). */ \
extern int x; \
void * IMP(x) = &x;
VARIABLE(libintl_version)

171
gcc/intl/l10nflist.c
View File

@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
@ -56,7 +58,7 @@
# endif
#else
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src);
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
# endif
#endif
@ -65,8 +67,8 @@ static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src);
IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
*/
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
@ -80,13 +82,14 @@ static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src);
/* Define function which are usually not available. */
#if defined HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT
# undef __argz_count
# define __argz_count argz_count
#else
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
static size_t
argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len)
argz_count__ (argz, len)
const char *argz;
size_t len;
{
size_t count = 0;
while (len > 0)
@ -100,16 +103,22 @@ argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len)
}
# undef __argz_count
# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT */
#if defined HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY
# undef __argz_stringify
# define __argz_stringify argz_stringify
#else
# ifdef _LIBC
# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
# endif
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
except the last into the character SEP. */
static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
static void
argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep)
argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
char *argz;
size_t len;
int sep;
{
while (len > 0)
{
@ -122,15 +131,22 @@ argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep)
}
# undef __argz_stringify
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
#ifdef _LIBC
#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT
# undef __argz_next
# define __argz_next argz_next
#else
# ifdef _LIBC
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
# endif
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
const char *entry));
static char *
argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry)
argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
char *argz;
size_t argz_len;
const char *entry;
{
if (entry)
{
@ -147,12 +163,15 @@ argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry)
}
# undef __argz_next
# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT */
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
/* Return number of bits set in X. */
#ifndef ARCH_POP
static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
static inline int
pop (int x)
pop (x)
int x;
{
/* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
@ -162,16 +181,26 @@ pop (int x)
return x;
}
#endif
struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len,
int mask, const char *language, const char *territory,
const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
const char *modifier,
const char *filename, int do_allocate)
_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
const char *dirlist;
size_t dirlist_len;
int mask;
const char *language;
const char *territory;
const char *codeset;
const char *normalized_codeset;
const char *modifier;
const char *special;
const char *sponsor;
const char *revision;
const char *filename;
int do_allocate;
{
char *abs_filename;
struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp;
@ -189,14 +218,23 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
/* Allocate room for the full file name. */
abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+ strlen (language)
+ ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0
+ ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
+ (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
|| (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+ (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
|| (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
? strlen (sponsor) : 0)
+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+ 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
if (abs_filename == NULL)
@ -214,7 +252,7 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
if ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0)
if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '_';
cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
@ -229,11 +267,29 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
*cp++ = '.';
cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
}
if ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0)
if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '@';
/* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */
*cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
}
if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '+';
cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
}
if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
{
*cp++ = ',';
if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '_';
cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
}
}
*cp++ = '/';
stpcpy (cp, filename);
@ -273,10 +329,7 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+ (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0))
* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
if (retval == NULL)
{
free (abs_filename);
return NULL;
}
return NULL;
retval->filename = abs_filename;
@ -307,7 +360,8 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
normalized_codeset. */
for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
&& !((cnt & XPG_CODESET) != 0 && (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0))
&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
{
if (dirlist_count > 1)
{
@ -319,14 +373,15 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
retval->successor[entries++]
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1,
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, modifier, filename,
1);
normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
}
else
retval->successor[entries++]
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len,
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, modifier, filename, 1);
normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
}
retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
@ -338,9 +393,11 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
freed by the caller. */
const char *
_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len)
_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
const char *codeset;
size_t name_len;
{
size_t len = 0;
int len = 0;
int only_digit = 1;
char *retval;
char *wp;
@ -385,7 +442,9 @@ _nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len)
to be defined. */
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
static char *
stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
stpcpy (dest, src)
char *dest;
const char *src;
{
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
/* Do nothing. */ ;

353
gcc/intl/langprefs.c
View File

@ -1,353 +0,0 @@
/* Determine the user's language preferences.
Copyright (C) 2004-2007, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.
Win32 code originally by Michele Cicciotti <hackbunny@reactos.com>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE
# include <string.h>
# include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h>
# include <CoreFoundation/CFPropertyList.h>
# include <CoreFoundation/CFArray.h>
# include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h>
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
#endif
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
# define WIN32_NATIVE
#endif
#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# ifndef MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME
# define MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME 8
# endif
# ifndef STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW
# define STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW 0x80000005
# endif
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (LANGID langid);
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID (LCID lcid);
/* Get the preferences list through the MUI APIs. This works on Windows Vista
and newer. */
static const char *
_nl_language_preferences_win32_mui (HMODULE kernel32)
{
/* DWORD GetUserPreferredUILanguages (ULONG dwFlags,
PULONG pulNumLanguages,
PWSTR pwszLanguagesBuffer,
PULONG pcchLanguagesBuffer); */
typedef DWORD (WINAPI *GetUserPreferredUILanguages_func) (ULONG, PULONG, PWSTR, PULONG);
GetUserPreferredUILanguages_func p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages;
p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages =
(GetUserPreferredUILanguages_func)
GetProcAddress (kernel32, "GetUserPreferredUILanguages");
if (p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages != NULL)
{
ULONG num_languages;
ULONG bufsize;
DWORD ret;
bufsize = 0;
ret = p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages (MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME,
&num_languages,
NULL, &bufsize);
if (ret == 0
&& GetLastError () == STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW
&& bufsize > 0)
{
WCHAR *buffer = (WCHAR *) malloc (bufsize * sizeof (WCHAR));
if (buffer != NULL)
{
ret = p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages (MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME,
&num_languages,
buffer, &bufsize);
if (ret)
{
/* Convert the list from NUL-delimited WCHAR[] Win32 locale
names to colon-delimited char[] Unix locale names.
We assume that all these locale names are in ASCII,
nonempty and contain no colons. */
char *languages =
(char *) malloc (bufsize + num_languages * 10 + 1);
if (languages != NULL)
{
const WCHAR *p = buffer;
char *q = languages;
ULONG i;
for (i = 0; i < num_languages; i++)
{
char *q1;
char *q2;
q1 = q;
if (i > 0)
*q++ = ':';
q2 = q;
for (; *p != (WCHAR)'\0'; p++)
{
if ((unsigned char) *p != *p || *p == ':')
{
/* A non-ASCII character or a colon inside
the Win32 locale name! Punt. */
q = q1;
break;
}
*q++ = (unsigned char) *p;
}
if (q == q1)
/* An unexpected Win32 locale name occurred. */
break;
*q = '\0';
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (q2);
q = q2 + strlen (q2);
p++;
}
*q = '\0';
if (q > languages)
{
free (buffer);
return languages;
}
free (languages);
}
}
free (buffer);
}
}
}
return NULL;
}
/* Get a preference. This works on Windows ME and newer. */
static const char *
_nl_language_preferences_win32_ME (HMODULE kernel32)
{
/* LANGID GetUserDefaultUILanguage (void); */
typedef LANGID (WINAPI *GetUserDefaultUILanguage_func) (void);
GetUserDefaultUILanguage_func p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage;
p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage =
(GetUserDefaultUILanguage_func)
GetProcAddress (kernel32, "GetUserDefaultUILanguage");
if (p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage != NULL)
return _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage ());
return NULL;
}
/* Get a preference. This works on Windows 95 and newer. */
static const char *
_nl_language_preferences_win32_95 ()
{
HKEY desktop_resource_locale_key;
if (RegOpenKeyExA (HKEY_CURRENT_USER,
"Control Panel\\Desktop\\ResourceLocale",
0, KEY_QUERY_VALUE, &desktop_resource_locale_key)
== NO_ERROR)
{
DWORD type;
char data[8 + 1];
DWORD data_size = sizeof (data);
DWORD ret;
ret = RegQueryValueExA (desktop_resource_locale_key, NULL, NULL,
&type, data, &data_size);
RegCloseKey (desktop_resource_locale_key);
if (ret == NO_ERROR)
{
/* We expect a string, at most 8 bytes long, that parses as a
hexadecimal number. */
if (type == REG_SZ
&& data_size <= sizeof (data)
&& (data_size < sizeof (data)
|| data[sizeof (data) - 1] == '\0'))
{
LCID lcid;
char *endp;
/* Ensure it's NUL terminated. */
if (data_size < sizeof (data))
data[data_size] = '\0';
/* Parse it as a hexadecimal number. */
lcid = strtoul (data, &endp, 16);
if (endp > data && *endp == '\0')
return _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID (lcid);
}
}
}
return NULL;
}
/* Get the system's preference. This can be used as a fallback. */
static BOOL CALLBACK
ret_first_language (HMODULE h, LPCSTR type, LPCSTR name, WORD lang, LONG_PTR param)
{
*(const char **)param = _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (lang);
return FALSE;
}
static const char *
_nl_language_preferences_win32_system (HMODULE kernel32)
{
const char *languages = NULL;
/* Ignore the warning on mingw here. mingw has a wrong definition of the last
parameter type of ENUMRESLANGPROC. */
EnumResourceLanguages (kernel32, RT_VERSION, MAKEINTRESOURCE (1),
ret_first_language, (LONG_PTR)&languages);
return languages;
}
#endif
/* Determine the user's language preferences, as a colon separated list of
locale names in XPG syntax
language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
The LANGUAGE environment variable does not need to be considered; it is
already taken into account by the caller. */
const char *
_nl_language_preferences_default (void)
{
#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */
{
/* Cache the preferences list, since CoreFoundation calls are expensive. */
static const char *cached_languages;
static int cache_initialized;
if (!cache_initialized)
{
CFTypeRef preferences =
CFPreferencesCopyAppValue (CFSTR ("AppleLanguages"),
kCFPreferencesCurrentApplication);
if (preferences != NULL
&& CFGetTypeID (preferences) == CFArrayGetTypeID ())
{
CFArrayRef prefArray = (CFArrayRef)preferences;
int n = CFArrayGetCount (prefArray);
char buf[256];
size_t size = 0;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
{
CFTypeRef element = CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
if (element != NULL
&& CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
&& CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
buf, sizeof (buf),
kCFStringEncodingASCII))
{
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
size += strlen (buf) + 1;
/* Most GNU programs use msgids in English and don't ship
an en.mo message catalog. Therefore when we see "en"
in the preferences list, arrange for gettext() to
return the msgid, and ignore all further elements of
the preferences list. */
if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0)
break;
}
else
break;
}
if (size > 0)
{
char *languages = (char *) malloc (size);
if (languages != NULL)
{
char *p = languages;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
{
CFTypeRef element =
CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
if (element != NULL
&& CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
&& CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
buf, sizeof (buf),
kCFStringEncodingASCII))
{
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
strcpy (p, buf);
p += strlen (buf);
*p++ = ':';
if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0)
break;
}
else
break;
}
*--p = '\0';
cached_languages = languages;
}
}
}
cache_initialized = 1;
}
if (cached_languages != NULL)
return cached_languages;
}
#endif
#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
{
/* Cache the preferences list, since computing it is expensive. */
static const char *cached_languages;
static int cache_initialized;
/* Activate the new code only when the GETTEXT_MUI environment variable is
set, for the time being, since the new code is not well tested. */
if (!cache_initialized && getenv ("GETTEXT_MUI") != NULL)
{
const char *languages = NULL;
HMODULE kernel32 = GetModuleHandle ("kernel32");
if (kernel32 != NULL)
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_mui (kernel32);
if (languages == NULL && kernel32 != NULL)
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_ME (kernel32);
if (languages == NULL)
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_95 ();
if (languages == NULL && kernel32 != NULL)
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_system (kernel32);
cached_languages = languages;
cache_initialized = 1;
}
if (cached_languages != NULL)
return cached_languages;
}
#endif
return NULL;
}

293
gcc/intl/libgnuintl.in.h → gcc/intl/libgnuintl.h
View File

@ -1,26 +1,25 @@
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
#include <locale.h>
#if (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) && @HAVE_NEWLOCALE@
# include <xlocale.h>
#endif
/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
@ -40,7 +39,7 @@
/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
((major) == 0 || (major) == 1 ? 1 : -1)
((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1)
/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
precedence over _conio_gettext. */
@ -48,16 +47,21 @@
# undef gettext
#endif
/* Use _INTL_PARAMS, not PARAMS, in order to avoid clashes with identifiers
used by programs. Similarly, test __PROTOTYPES, not PROTOTYPES. */
#ifndef _INTL_PARAMS
# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */
#define LIBINTL_VERSION 0x001308
extern int libintl_version;
/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is
necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
@ -89,7 +93,7 @@ extern int libintl_version;
If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is
_INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */
#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
# if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 && !(defined __APPLE_CC__ && __APPLE_CC__ > 1) && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
# else
# ifdef __cplusplus
@ -111,7 +115,7 @@ extern int libintl_version;
/* _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) declares that the given function may return
its n-th argument literally. This enables GCC to warn for example about
printf (gettext ("foo %y")). */
#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 3 && !(defined __APPLE_CC__ && __APPLE_CC__ > 1 && defined __cplusplus)
#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 3 && !(defined __APPLE_CC__ && __APPLE_CC__ > 1 && !(defined __clang__ && __clang__ && __clang_major__ >= 3) && defined __cplusplus)
# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (n)))
#else
# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n)
@ -123,7 +127,9 @@ extern int libintl_version;
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
static inline
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1)
char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
{
return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
}
@ -131,7 +137,7 @@ static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define gettext libintl_gettext
#endif
extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
extern char *gettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid))
_INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
#endif
@ -141,7 +147,9 @@ extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
static inline
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2)
char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
{
return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
}
@ -149,7 +157,8 @@ static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
#endif
extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
extern char *dgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid))
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
#endif
@ -158,10 +167,11 @@ extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
locale. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category)
int __category)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category)
static inline
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2)
char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, int __category)
{
return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
}
@ -169,21 +179,24 @@ static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
#endif
extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category)
extern char *dcgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid,
int __category))
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
#endif
/* Similar to 'gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
unsigned long int __n)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
static inline
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2)
char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
{
return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
}
@ -191,20 +204,23 @@ static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
#endif
extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
extern char *ngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n))
_INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
#endif
/* Similar to 'dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
static inline
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3)
char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
{
return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
}
@ -212,23 +228,26 @@ static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
#endif
extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
extern char *dngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n))
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
#endif
/* Similar to 'dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
static inline
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3)
char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
{
return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
}
@ -236,16 +255,16 @@ static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
#endif
extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
extern char *dcngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n,
int __category))
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
#endif
#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
@ -259,7 +278,7 @@ static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
#endif
extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
extern char *textdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname))
_INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
#endif
@ -267,9 +286,9 @@ extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname);
const char *__dirname);
static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname)
const char *__dirname)
{
return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
}
@ -277,7 +296,8 @@ static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
#endif
extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)
extern char *bindtextdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname))
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
#endif
@ -285,9 +305,9 @@ extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset);
const char *__codeset);
static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset)
const char *__codeset)
{
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
}
@ -295,156 +315,11 @@ static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
#endif
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset)
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset))
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
#endif
#endif /* IN_LIBGLOCALE */
/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the
POSIX/XSI specification.
Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only
in source files that #include <libintl.h> or #include "gettext.h".
Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _()
or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value
of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */
#if !@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get va_list. */
#if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER
# include <stdarg.h>
#else
# include <varargs.h>
#endif
#if !(defined fprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
#undef fprintf
#define fprintf libintl_fprintf
extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...);
#endif
#if !(defined vfprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
#undef vfprintf
#define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf
extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list);
#endif
#if !(defined printf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
#undef printf
#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __BEOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
mingw does not have a function __printf__.
Alternatively, we could have done this redirection only when compiling with
__GNUC__, together with a symbol redirection:
extern int printf (const char *, ...)
__asm__ (#__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__ "libintl_printf");
But doing it now would introduce a binary incompatibility with already
distributed versions of libintl on these systems. */
# define libintl_printf __printf__
#endif
#define printf libintl_printf
extern int printf (const char *, ...);
#endif
#if !(defined vprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
#undef vprintf
#define vprintf libintl_vprintf
extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list);
#endif
#if !(defined sprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
#undef sprintf
#define sprintf libintl_sprintf
extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...);
#endif
#if !(defined vsprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
#undef vsprintf
#define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf
extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list);
#endif
#if @HAVE_SNPRINTF@
#if !(defined snprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
#undef snprintf
#define snprintf libintl_snprintf
extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...);
#endif
#if !(defined vsnprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
#undef vsnprintf
#define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf
extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list);
#endif
#endif
#if @HAVE_ASPRINTF@
#if !(defined asprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
#undef asprintf
#define asprintf libintl_asprintf
extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...);
#endif
#if !(defined vasprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) /* don't override gnulib */
#undef vasprintf
#define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf
extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list);
#endif
#endif
#if @HAVE_WPRINTF@
#undef fwprintf
#define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf
extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...);
#undef vfwprintf
#define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf
extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list);
#undef wprintf
#define wprintf libintl_wprintf
extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...);
#undef vwprintf
#define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf
extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list);
#undef swprintf
#define swprintf libintl_swprintf
extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...);
#undef vswprintf
#define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf
extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list);
#endif
#endif
/* Support for the locale chosen by the user. */
#if (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) || defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
#ifndef GNULIB_defined_setlocale /* don't override gnulib */
#undef setlocale
#define setlocale libintl_setlocale
extern char *setlocale (int, const char *);
#endif
#if @HAVE_NEWLOCALE@
#undef newlocale
#define newlocale libintl_newlocale
extern locale_t newlocale (int, const char *, locale_t);
#endif
#endif
/* Support for relocatable packages. */
@ -455,8 +330,8 @@ extern locale_t newlocale (int, const char *, locale_t);
instead of "/"). */
#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
extern void
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
const char *curr_prefix);
libintl_set_relocation_prefix _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *orig_prefix,
const char *curr_prefix));
#ifdef __cplusplus

123
gcc/intl/libintl.glibc
View File

@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
Copyright (C) 1995-2002, 2004-2005, 2015-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
#include <features.h>
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
implementation of gettext. */
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
((major) == 0 || (major) == 1 ? 1 : -1)
__BEGIN_DECLS
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
extern char *gettext (__const char *__msgid)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (1);
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
extern char *dgettext (__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2);
extern char *__dgettext (__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2);
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
extern char *dcgettext (__const char *__domainname,
__const char *__msgid, int __category)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2);
extern char *__dcgettext (__const char *__domainname,
__const char *__msgid, int __category)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2);
/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *ngettext (__const char *__msgid1, __const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (1) __attribute_format_arg__ (2);
/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *dngettext (__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid1,
__const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2) __attribute_format_arg__ (3);
/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *dcngettext (__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid1,
__const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
int __category)
__THROW __attribute_format_arg__ (2) __attribute_format_arg__ (3);
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
extern char *textdomain (__const char *__domainname) __THROW;
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
extern char *bindtextdomain (__const char *__domainname,
__const char *__dirname) __THROW;
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (__const char *__domainname,
__const char *__codeset) __THROW;
/* Optimized version of the function above. */
#if defined __OPTIMIZE__ && !defined __cplusplus
/* We need NULL for `gettext'. */
# define __need_NULL
# include <stddef.h>
/* We need LC_MESSAGES for `dgettext'. */
# include <locale.h>
/* These must be macros. Inlined functions are useless because the
`__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
false. */
# define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid)
# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \
dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
#endif /* Optimizing. */
__END_DECLS
#endif /* libintl.h */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More